diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog index 7f3d41270..0841e67cc 100644 --- a/ChangeLog +++ b/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +Sat Feb 14 15:50:40 1998 Adam Fedor + + * src/NXStringTable_scan.c src/lex.pl.m src/lex.sf.m + src/proplist.tab.h src/proplist.tab.m src/stringsfile.tab.h + src/stringsfile.tab.m: Add regenerated files to repository. + Sat Feb 14 13:41:39 1998 Scott Christley * src/include/config.h.in: Create and add back into repository. diff --git a/Documentation/texinfo.tex b/Documentation/texinfo.tex deleted file mode 100644 index e36b010a2..000000000 --- a/Documentation/texinfo.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4030 +0,0 @@ -%% texinfo.tex with patches to handle `deftypemethod' -%% TeX macros to handle texinfo files - -% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -%This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -%modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as -%published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at -%your option) any later version. - -%This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be -%useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty -%of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -%General Public License for more details. - -%You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -%along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write -%to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, -%USA. - - -%In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program. -%You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve -%what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! - -\def\texinfoversion{2.108} -\message{Loading texinfo package [Version \texinfoversion]:} - -% Print the version number if in a .fmt file. -\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}\message{}} - -% Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine. - -\let\ptexlbrace=\{ -\let\ptexrbrace=\} -\let\ptexdots=\dots -\let\ptexdot=\. -\let\ptexstar=\* -\let\ptexend=\end -\let\ptexbullet=\bullet -\let\ptexb=\b -\let\ptexc=\c -\let\ptexi=\i -\let\ptext=\t -\let\ptexl=\l -\let\ptexL=\L - -\def\tie{\penalty 10000\ } % Save plain tex definition of ~. - -\message{Basics,} -\chardef\other=12 - -% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it -% starts a new line in the output. -\newlinechar = `^^J - -% Ignore a token. -% -\def\gobble#1{} - -\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix} -\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers} -\hyphenation{eshell} - -% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. -\newdimen \bindingoffset \bindingoffset=0pt -\newdimen \normaloffset \normaloffset=\hoffset -\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight -\pagewidth=\hsize \pageheight=\vsize - -% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file -% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, -% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. -% -\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% -\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands2 \tracingstats2 - \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1 - \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1 - \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen -}% - -%---------------------Begin change----------------------- -% -%%%% For @cropmarks command. -% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 -% -\newdimen\cornerlong \newdimen\cornerthick -\newdimen \topandbottommargin -\newdimen \outerhsize \newdimen \outervsize -\cornerlong=1pc\cornerthick=.3pt % These set size of cropmarks -\outerhsize=7in -%\outervsize=9.5in -% Alternative @smallbook page size is 9.25in -\outervsize=9.25in -\topandbottommargin=.75in -% -%---------------------End change----------------------- - -% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents -% does insertions itself, but you have to call it yourself. -\chardef\PAGE=255 \output={\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} -\def\onepageout#1{\hoffset=\normaloffset -\ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset -\else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi -{\escapechar=`\\\relax % makes sure backslash is used in output files. -\shipout\vbox{{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline} \pagebody{#1}% -{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}}}% -\advancepageno \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi} - -%%%% For @cropmarks command %%%% - -% Here is a modification of the main output routine for Near East Publications -% This provides right-angle cropmarks at all four corners. -% The contents of the page are centerlined into the cropmarks, -% and any desired binding offset is added as an \hskip on either -% site of the centerlined box. (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) -% -\def\croppageout#1{\hoffset=0pt % make sure this doesn't mess things up -{\escapechar=`\\\relax % makes sure backslash is used in output files. - \shipout - \vbox to \outervsize{\hsize=\outerhsize - \vbox{\line{\ewtop\hfill\ewtop}} - \nointerlineskip - \line{\vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop} - \hfill - \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}} - \vskip \topandbottommargin - \centerline{\ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi - \vbox{ - {\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline} - \pagebody{#1} - {\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}} - \ifodd\pageno\else\hskip\bindingoffset\fi} - \vskip \topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill - \boxmaxdepth\cornerthick - \line{\vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot} - \hfill - \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}} - \nointerlineskip - \vbox{\line{\ewbot\hfill\ewbot}} - }} - \advancepageno - \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi} -% -% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks -\def\cropmarks{\let\onepageout=\croppageout } - -\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} -{\catcode`\@ =11 -\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi -\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1 -\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi -\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} -} - -% -% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are -% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize -% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) -% -\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} -\def\nstop{\vbox - {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} -\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} -\def\nsbot{\vbox - {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} - -% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of -% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a -% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. -% -\def\parsearg#1{% - \let\next = #1% - \begingroup - \obeylines - \futurelet\temp\parseargx -} - -% If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or -% the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done. -\def\parseargx{% - % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces. - \ifx\obeyedspace\temp - \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace - \else - \expandafter\parseargline - \fi -} - -% Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call). -{\obeyspaces % - \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}} - -{\obeylines % - \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% - \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. - % - % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment. - % Result of each macro is put in \toks0. - \argremovec #1\c\relax % - \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax % - % - % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg. - \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}% - }% -} - -% Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX -% do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call -% in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is -% just to delimit the argument to the \c. -\def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} -\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} - -% \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g., -% @end itemize @c foo -% will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the -% `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the -% result to \toks0. -% -% This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces -% in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded. -% Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever -% does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed -% here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of -% \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument -% that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it. -% -\def\removeactivespaces#1{% - \begingroup - \ignoreactivespaces - \edef\temp{#1}% - \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}% - \endgroup -} - -% Change the active space to expand to nothing. -% -\begingroup - \obeyspaces - \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty} -\endgroup - - -\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} - -%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away -%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup) -\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi} -\def\ENVcheck{% -\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment. Type Return to continue.} -\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage - -% @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now. -\newhelp\EMsimple{Type to continue.} - -\outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx} - -\def\beginxxx #1{% -\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax -{\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else -\csname #1\endcsname\fi} - -% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. -% -\def\end{\parsearg\endxxx} -\def\endxxx #1{% - \removeactivespaces{#1}% - \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}% - % - \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax - % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo. - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}% - \else - \unmatchedenderror\endthing - \fi - \else - % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started. - \csname E\endthing\endcsname - \fi -} - -% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error. -% -\def\unmatchedenderror#1{% - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}% -} - -% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error. -% -\def\defineunmatchedend#1{% - \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}% -} - - -% Single-spacing is done by various environments (specifically, in -% \nonfillstart and \quotations). -\newskip\singlespaceskip \singlespaceskip = \baselineskip -\def\singlespace{% -% Why was this kern here? It messes up equalizing space above and below -% environments. --karl, 6may93 -%{\advance \baselineskip by -\singlespaceskip -%\kern \baselineskip}% -\baselineskip=\singlespaceskip -} - -%% Simple single-character @ commands - -% @@ prints an @ -% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). -\def\@{{\tt \char '100}} - -% This is turned off because it was never documented -% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. -%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' -%% but suppressing ligatures. -%\def\`{{`}} -%\def\'{{'}} - -% Used to generate quoted braces. - -\def\mylbrace {{\tt \char '173}} -\def\myrbrace {{\tt \char '175}} -\let\{=\mylbrace -\let\}=\myrbrace - -% @: forces normal size whitespace following. -\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } - -% @* forces a line break. -\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} - -% @. is an end-of-sentence period. -\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 } - -% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the -% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would -% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. -\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} - -% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing -% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box -% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for -% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is -% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, -% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and -% the text is small, which looks bad. -% -\def\group{\begingroup - \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else - \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp - \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% - \fi - % - % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large - % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the - % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of - % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space - % above. But it's pretty close. - \def\Egroup{% - \egroup % End the \vtop. - \endgroup % End the \group. - }% - % - \vtop\bgroup - % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in - % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it. - % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group - % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the - % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself. - % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line. - \everypar = {\strut}% - % - % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's - % normal interline spacing. - \offinterlineskip - % - % OK, but now we have to do something about blank - % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally - % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've - % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an - % empty paragraph. - \ifx\par\lisppar - \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}% - % - % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par. - \obeylines - \fi - % - % We do @comment here in case we are called inside an environment, - % such as @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an - % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after - % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group - % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo - % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. - \comment -} -% -% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help -% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. -% -\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% -group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% -where each line of input produces a line of output.} - -% @need space-in-mils -% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. - -\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in - -\def\need{\parsearg\needx} - -% Old definition--didn't work. -%\def\needx #1{\par % -%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally -%% if the depth of the box does not fit. -%{\baselineskip=0pt% -%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\penalty 10000 -%\prevdepth=-1000pt -%}} - -\def\needx#1{% - % Go into vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a - % paragraph. - \par - % - % Don't add any leading before our big empty box, but allow a page - % break, since the best break might be right here. - \allowbreak - \nointerlineskip - \vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}% - % - % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the - % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the - % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider - % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the - % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. - % - % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the - % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in - % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which - % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing - % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an - % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real - % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. - \penalty9999 - % - % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. - \kern -#1\mil - % - % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. - \nobreak -} - -% @br forces paragraph break - -\let\br = \par - -% @dots{} output some dots - -\def\dots{$\ldots$} - -% @page forces the start of a new page - -\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} - -% @exdent text.... -% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin - -% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. -% That's how much \exdent should take out. -\newskip\exdentamount - -% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. -\def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy} -\def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} - -% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. -\def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy} -\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount -\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} - -%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} - -% @include file insert text of that file as input. - -\def\include{\parsearg\includezzz} -%Use \input\thisfile to avoid blank after \input, which may be an active -%char (in which case the blank would become the \input argument). -%The grouping keeps the value of \thisfile correct even when @include -%is nested. -\def\includezzz #1{\begingroup -\def\thisfile{#1}\input\thisfile -\endgroup} - -\def\thisfile{} - -% @center line outputs that line, centered - -\def\center{\parsearg\centerzzz} -\def\centerzzz #1{{\advance\hsize by -\leftskip -\advance\hsize by -\rightskip -\centerline{#1}}} - -% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space - -\def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx} -\def\spxxx #1{\par \vskip #1\baselineskip} - -% @comment ...line which is ignored... -% @c is the same as @comment -% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment - -\def\comment{\catcode 64=\other \catcode 123=\other \catcode 125=\other% -\parsearg \commentxxx} - -\def\commentxxx #1{\catcode 64=0 \catcode 123=1 \catcode 125=2 } - -\let\c=\comment - -% Prevent errors for section commands. -% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals. -\def\ignoresections{% -\let\chapter=\relax -\let\unnumbered=\relax -\let\top=\relax -\let\unnumberedsec=\relax -\let\unnumberedsection=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax -\let\section=\relax -\let\subsec=\relax -\let\subsubsec=\relax -\let\subsection=\relax -\let\subsubsection=\relax -\let\appendix=\relax -\let\appendixsec=\relax -\let\appendixsection=\relax -\let\appendixsubsec=\relax -\let\appendixsubsection=\relax -\let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax -\let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax -\let\contents=\relax -\let\smallbook=\relax -\let\titlepage=\relax -} - -% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source -% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used -% incorrectly. -% -\def\ignoremorecommands{% - \let\defcv = \relax - \let\deffn = \relax - \let\deffnx = \relax - \let\defindex = \relax - \let\defivar = \relax - \let\defmac = \relax - \let\defmethod = \relax - \let\defop = \relax - \let\defopt = \relax - \let\defspec = \relax - \let\deftp = \relax - \let\deftypefn = \relax - \let\deftypefun = \relax - \let\deftypevar = \relax - \let\deftypevr = \relax - \let\defun = \relax - \let\defvar = \relax - \let\defvr = \relax - \let\ref = \relax - \let\xref = \relax - \let\printindex = \relax - \let\pxref = \relax - \let\settitle = \relax - \let\include = \relax - \let\lowersections = \relax - \let\down = \relax - \let\raisesections = \relax - \let\up = \relax - \let\set = \relax - \let\clear = \relax -} - -% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore. -% -\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} - -% Also ignore @ifinfo, @menu, and @direntry text. -% -\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} -\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} -\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} - -% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'. -% -\def\doignore#1{\begingroup - % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. - \ignoresections - % - % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'. - \long\def\doignoretext##1\end #1{\enddoignore}% - % - % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. - \catcode32 = 10 - % - % And now expand that command. - \doignoretext -} - -% What we do to finish off ignored text. -% -\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% - -\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse -\def\obstexwarn{% - \ifwarnedobs\relax\else - % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0. - % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines. - \immediate\write16{} - \immediate\write16{***WARNING*** for users of Unix TeX 3.0!} - \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).} - \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.} - \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.} - \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.} - \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the} - \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution} - \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.} - \immediate\write16{} - \warnedobstrue - \fi -} - -% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a -% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed), -% uncomment the following line: -%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax - -% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for -% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command. -% -\def\nestedignore#1{% - \obstexwarn - % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end - % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the - % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize - % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on - % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font. - % - \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup - % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. - \ignoresections - % - % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the - % @end command again. - \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}% - % - % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no - % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do - % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we - % undefine them. - % - % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately; - % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors. - \ignoremorecommands - % - % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define - % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use - % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites - % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still - % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of - % stuff compared to the main input. - % - \nullfont - \let\tenrm = \nullfont \let\tenit = \nullfont \let\tensl = \nullfont - \let\tenbf = \nullfont \let\tentt = \nullfont \let\smallcaps = \nullfont - \let\tensf = \nullfont - % - % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts. - \tracinglostchars = 0 - % - % Don't bother to do space factor calculations. - \frenchspacing - % - % Don't report underfull hboxes. - \hbadness = 10000 - % - % Do minimal line-breaking. - \pretolerance = 10000 - % - % Do not execute instructions in @tex - \def\tex{\doignore{tex}} -} - -% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. -% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. -% -% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be -% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our -% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we -% didn't need it. -% -\def\set{\parsearg\setxxx} -\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} -\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% - \def\temp{#2}% - \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty - \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. - \fi -} -\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\xdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}} - -% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. -% -\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx} -\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax} - -% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. -% -\def\value#1{\expandafter - \ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - {\{No value for ``#1''\}} - \else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi} - -% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined -% with @set. -% -\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx} -\def\ifsetxxx #1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifsetfail - \else - \expandafter\ifsetsucceed - \fi -} -\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}} -\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}} -\defineunmatchedend{ifset} - -% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been -% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. -% -\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx} -\def\ifclearxxx #1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifclearsucceed - \else - \expandafter\ifclearfail - \fi -} -\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}} -\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}} -\defineunmatchedend{ifclear} - -% @iftex always succeeds; we read the text following, through @end -% iftex). But `@end iftex' should be valid only after an @iftex. -% -\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}} -\defineunmatchedend{iftex} - -% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it -% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no -% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must -% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't -% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since -% the @ifset might be nested.) -% -\def\conditionalsucceed#1{% - \edef\temp{% - % Remember the current value of \E#1. - \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}% - % - % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value. - \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}% - }% - \temp -} - -% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the -% control sequences after we've constructed them. -% -\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} - -% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. -% -\def\asis#1{#1} - -% @math means output in math mode. -% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control -% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then, -% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they -% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a -% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode. -% -% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it -% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there. -% -\let\implicitmath = $ -\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath} - -% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. -\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath} -\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath} - -\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz} -\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]} -\def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} -\let\nwnode=\node -\let\lastnode=\relax - -\def\donoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else -\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}\fi -\let\lastnode=\relax} - -\def\unnumbnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else -\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\unnumbsetref{\lastnode}\fi -\let\lastnode=\relax} - -\def\appendixnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else -\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\appendixsetref{\lastnode}\fi -\let\lastnode=\relax} - -\let\refill=\relax - -% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. -% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. -% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. -\def\setfilename{% - \readauxfile - \opencontents - \openindices - \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. - \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. - \comment % Ignore the actual filename. -} - -\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} - -\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} -\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{See Info file \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, - node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} - -\message{fonts,} - -% Font-change commands. - -% Texinfo supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. -% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc. -\newfam\sffam -\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf} -\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. - -%% Try out Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf -\let\mainmagstep=\magstephalf - -\ifx\bigger\relax -\let\mainmagstep=\magstep1 -\font\textrm=cmr12 -\font\texttt=cmtt12 -\else -\font\textrm=cmr10 scaled \mainmagstep -\font\texttt=cmtt10 scaled \mainmagstep -\fi -% Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10. -% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10 -% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10. -\font\textbf=cmb10 scaled \mainmagstep -\font\textit=cmti10 scaled \mainmagstep -\font\textsl=cmsl10 scaled \mainmagstep -\font\textsf=cmss10 scaled \mainmagstep -\font\textsc=cmcsc10 scaled \mainmagstep -\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep -\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep - -% A few fonts for @defun, etc. -\font\defbf=cmbx10 scaled \magstep1 %was 1314 -\font\deftt=cmtt10 scaled \magstep1 -\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf} - -% Fonts for indices and small examples. -% We actually use the slanted font rather than the italic, -% because texinfo normally uses the slanted fonts for that. -% Do not make many font distinctions in general in the index, since they -% aren't very useful. -\font\ninett=cmtt9 -\font\indrm=cmr9 -\font\indit=cmsl9 -\let\indsl=\indit -\let\indtt=\ninett -\let\indsf=\indrm -\let\indbf=\indrm -\let\indsc=\indrm -\font\indi=cmmi9 -\font\indsy=cmsy9 - -% Fonts for headings -\font\chaprm=cmbx12 scaled \magstep2 -\font\chapit=cmti12 scaled \magstep2 -\font\chapsl=cmsl12 scaled \magstep2 -\font\chaptt=cmtt12 scaled \magstep2 -\font\chapsf=cmss12 scaled \magstep2 -\let\chapbf=\chaprm -\font\chapsc=cmcsc10 scaled\magstep3 -\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 -\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 - -\font\secrm=cmbx12 scaled \magstep1 -\font\secit=cmti12 scaled \magstep1 -\font\secsl=cmsl12 scaled \magstep1 -\font\sectt=cmtt12 scaled \magstep1 -\font\secsf=cmss12 scaled \magstep1 -\font\secbf=cmbx12 scaled \magstep1 -\font\secsc=cmcsc10 scaled\magstep2 -\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 -\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 - -% \font\ssecrm=cmbx10 scaled \magstep1 % This size an font looked bad. -% \font\ssecit=cmti10 scaled \magstep1 % The letters were too crowded. -% \font\ssecsl=cmsl10 scaled \magstep1 -% \font\ssectt=cmtt10 scaled \magstep1 -% \font\ssecsf=cmss10 scaled \magstep1 - -%\font\ssecrm=cmb10 scaled 1315 % Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx. -%\font\ssecit=cmti10 scaled 1315 % Also, the size is a little larger than -%\font\ssecsl=cmsl10 scaled 1315 % being scaled magstep1. -%\font\ssectt=cmtt10 scaled 1315 -%\font\ssecsf=cmss10 scaled 1315 - -%\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm - -\font\ssecrm=cmbx12 scaled \magstephalf -\font\ssecit=cmti12 scaled \magstephalf -\font\ssecsl=cmsl12 scaled \magstephalf -\font\ssectt=cmtt12 scaled \magstephalf -\font\ssecsf=cmss12 scaled \magstephalf -\font\ssecbf=cmbx12 scaled \magstephalf -\font\ssecsc=cmcsc10 scaled \magstep1 -\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf -\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 -% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5, -% but that is not a standard magnification. - -% Fonts for title page: -\font\titlerm = cmbx12 scaled \magstep3 -\let\authorrm = \secrm - -% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, -% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since -% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts, we -% don't bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont (which would -% also require loading a lot more fonts). -% -\def\resetmathfonts{% - \textfont0 = \tenrm \textfont1 = \teni \textfont2 = \tensy - \textfont\itfam = \tenit \textfont\slfam = \tensl \textfont\bffam = \tenbf - \textfont\ttfam = \tentt \textfont\sffam = \tensf -} - - -% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead -% of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work -% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most -% cases, not the current. Plain TeX does, for example, -% \def\bf{\fam=\bffam \tenbf} By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need -% to redefine \bf itself. -\def\textfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl - \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc - \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy - \resetmathfonts} -\def\chapfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl - \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc - \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy - \resetmathfonts} -\def\secfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl - \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc - \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy - \resetmathfonts} -\def\subsecfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl - \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc - \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy - \resetmathfonts} -\def\indexfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\indrm \let\tenit=\indit \let\tensl=\indsl - \let\tenbf=\indbf \let\tentt=\indtt \let\smallcaps=\indsc - \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy - \resetmathfonts} - -% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. -% -\textfonts - -% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks -\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 - -% Fonts for short table of contents. -\font\shortcontrm=cmr12 -\font\shortcontbf=cmbx12 -\font\shortcontsl=cmsl12 - -%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans -%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic - -% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction -% unless the following character is such as not to need one. -\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi} -\def\smartitalic#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} - -\let\i=\smartitalic -\let\var=\smartitalic -\let\dfn=\smartitalic -\let\emph=\smartitalic -\let\cite=\smartitalic - -\def\b#1{{\bf #1}} -\let\strong=\b - -% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at -% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the -% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. -% -\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} -\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } - -\def\t#1{% - {\tt \nohyphenation \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}% - \null -} -\let\ttfont = \t -%\def\samp #1{`{\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}'\null} -\def\samp #1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} -\def\key #1{{\tt \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} -\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} - -\let\file=\samp - -% @code is a modification of @t, -% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. -\def\tclose#1{% - {% - % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. - \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font - % - % Switch to typewriter. - \tt - % - % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. - \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% - % - % Turn off hyphenation. - \nohyphenation - % - \rawbackslash - \frenchspacing - #1% - }% - \null -} - -% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code. -% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overful hboxes -% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. - -% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control -% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. -% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) -% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate an a dash. -% -- rms. -{ -\catcode `\-=\active -\catcode `\_=\active -\global\def\code{\begingroup \catcode `\-=\active \let-\codedash \let_\codeunder \codex} -} -\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} -\def\codeunder{\normalunderscore\discretionary{}{}{}} -\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} - -%\let\exp=\tclose %Was temporary - -% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, -% then @kbd has no effect. - -\def\xkey{\key} -\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% -\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% -\else\tclose{\look}\fi -\else\tclose{\look}\fi} - -% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the -% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of -% @dmn{}pt. -% -\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} - -\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} - -\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} % - -\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font -% Use of \lowercase was suggested. -\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font -\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font - -\message{page headings,} - -\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in -\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc - -% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. -\def\titlefont#1{{\titlerm #1}} - -\newif\ifseenauthor -\newif\iffinishedtitlepage - -\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz} -\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% - \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} - -\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts - \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm -% I deinstalled the following change because \cmr12 is undefined. -% This change was not in the ChangeLog anyway. --rms. -% \let\subtitlerm=\cmr12 - \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}% - % - \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}% - % - % Leave some space at the very top of the page. - \vglue\titlepagetopglue - % - % Now you can print the title using @title. - \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}% - \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefont{##1}} - % print a rule at the page bottom also. - \finishedtitlepagefalse - \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt \vskip4pt}% - % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. - \finishedtitlepagetrue - % - % Now you can put text using @subtitle. - \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}% - \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}% - % - % @author should come last, but may come many times. - \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}% - \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi - {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}% - % - % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space - % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. - \let\oldpage = \page - \def\page{% - \iffinishedtitlepage\else - \finishtitlepage - \fi - \oldpage - \let\page = \oldpage - \hbox{}}% -% \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}} -} - -\def\Etitlepage{% - \iffinishedtitlepage\else - \finishtitlepage - \fi - % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, - % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. - % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page - % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. - \oldpage - \endgroup - \HEADINGSon -} - -\def\finishtitlepage{% - \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt - \vskip\titlepagebottomglue - \finishedtitlepagetrue -} - -%%% Set up page headings and footings. - -\let\thispage=\folio - -\newtoks \evenheadline % Token sequence for heading line of even pages -\newtoks \oddheadline % Token sequence for heading line of odd pages -\newtoks \evenfootline % Token sequence for footing line of even pages -\newtoks \oddfootline % Token sequence for footing line of odd pages - -% Now make Tex use those variables -\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline - \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} -\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline - \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} -\let\HEADINGShook=\relax - -% Commands to set those variables. -% For example, this is what @headings on does -% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter -% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle -% @evenfooting @thisfile|| -% @oddfooting ||@thisfile - -\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} -\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} -\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx} - -\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} -\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} -\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx} - -{\catcode`\@=0 % - -\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} -\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% -\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} -\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% -\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\gdef\everyheadingxxx #1{\everyheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} -\gdef\everyheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% -\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}} -\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} -\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% -\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} -\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% -\global\oddfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\gdef\everyfootingxxx #1{\everyfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} -\gdef\everyfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% -\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}} -\global\oddfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} -% -}% unbind the catcode of @. - -% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. -% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. -% @headings off turns them off. -% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. -% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. -% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. -% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. -% By default, they are off. - -\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} - -\def\HEADINGSoff{ -\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} -\HEADINGSoff -% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. -% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, -% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document -% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top -% edge of all pages. -\def\HEADINGSdouble{ -%\pagealignmacro -\global\pageno=1 -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -} -% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, -% page number on top right. -\def\HEADINGSsingle{ -%\pagealignmacro -\global\pageno=1 -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -} -\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} - -\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} -\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter -\def\HEADINGSdoublex{% -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -} - -\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} -\def\HEADINGSsinglex{% -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -} - -% Subroutines used in generating headings -% Produces Day Month Year style of output. -\def\today{\number\day\space -\ifcase\month\or -January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or -July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi -\space\number\year} - -% Use this if you want the Month Day, Year style of output. -%\def\today{\ifcase\month\or -%January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or -%July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi -%\space\number\day, \number\year} - -% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings -% It generates no output of its own - -\def\thistitle{No Title} -\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz} -\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}} - -\message{tables,} - -% @tabs -- simple alignment - -% These don't work. For one thing, \+ is defined as outer. -% So these macros cannot even be defined. - -%\def\tabs{\parsearg\tabszzz} -%\def\tabszzz #1{\settabs\+#1\cr} -%\def\tabline{\parsearg\tablinezzz} -%\def\tablinezzz #1{\+#1\cr} -%\def\&{&} - -% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x). - -% default indentation of table text -\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in -% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text -\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in -% margin between end of table item and start of table text. -\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in - -% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin -\newdimen\itemmax - -% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with -% these defs. -% They also define \itemindex -% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). - -\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} -\def\internalBitemx{\par \parsearg\itemzzz} - -\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz} -\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \par \parsearg\xitemzzz} - -\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz} -\def\internalBkitemx{\par \parsearg\kitemzzz} - -\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}% - \itemzzz {#1}} - -\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}% - \itemzzz {#1}} - -\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % - \advance\hsize by -\rightskip - \advance\hsize by -\tableindent - \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}% - \itemindex{#1}% - \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. - % - % Be sure we are not still in the middle of a paragraph. - {\parskip = 0in - \par - }% - % - % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line - % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that - % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next - % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the - % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. - \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax - \setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \leftskip \hskip -\tableindent \unhbox0}\box0 - % - % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the - % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. - \nobreak \vskip-\parskip - % - % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. Unfortunately - % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following - % \baselineskip glue. - \nobreak - \else - % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the - % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. Since that - % text will be indented by \tableindent, we make the item text be in - % a zero-width box. - \noindent - \rlap{\hskip -\tableindent\box0}% - \fi - \endgroup -} - -\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}} -\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}} -\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}} -\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}} -\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}} -\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}} - -%% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work -\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}} - -\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex} -{\obeylines\obeyspaces% -\gdef\tablex #1^^M{% -\tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}} - -\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex} -{\obeylines\obeyspaces% -\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{% -\tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley -\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% -\let\Etable=\relax}} - -\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex} -{\obeylines\obeyspaces% -\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{% -\tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley -\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% -\let\Etable=\relax}} - -\def\dontindex #1{} -\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}% -\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}% - -{\obeyspaces % -\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup% -\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} - -\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{% -\aboveenvbreak % -\begingroup % -\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Neccessary kludge. -\let\itemindex=#1% -\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi % -\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi % -\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi % -\def\itemfont{#2}% -\itemmax=\tableindent % -\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % -\advance \leftskip by \tableindent % -\exdentamount=\tableindent -\parindent = 0pt -\parskip = \smallskipamount -\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% -\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% -\let\item = \internalBitem % -\let\itemx = \internalBitemx % -\let\kitem = \internalBkitem % -\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx % -\let\xitem = \internalBxitem % -\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx % -} - -% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize - -\newcount \itemno - -\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz} - -\def\itemizezzz #1{% - \begingroup % ended by the @end itemsize - \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize} -} - -\def\itemizey #1#2{% -\aboveenvbreak % -\itemmax=\itemindent % -\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % -\advance \leftskip by \itemindent % -\exdentamount=\itemindent -\parindent = 0pt % -\parskip = \smallskipamount % -\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% -\def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% -\def\itemcontents{#1}% -\let\item=\itemizeitem} - -% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. -% These are `.?!:;,' -\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode46=1000 \sfcode63=1000 \sfcode33=1000 - \sfcode58=1000 \sfcode59=1000 \sfcode44=1000 } - -% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in -% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. -% -\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% - -% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, -% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No -% argument is the same as `1'. -% -\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz} -\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} -\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% - \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate - % - % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. - \def\thearg{#1}% - \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi - % - % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a - % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. - % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. - % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at - % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) - \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark - \ifx\rest\empty - % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. - % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. - % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and - % not equal to itself. - % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. - % - % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from - % continuing to look for a . - % - \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax - \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) - \else - % It's a letter. - \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax - \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter - \else - \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter - \fi - \fi - \else - % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. - \numericenumerate - \fi -} - -% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is -% given in \thearg. -% -\def\numericenumerate{% - \itemno = \thearg - \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% -} - -% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. -\def\lowercaseenumerate{% - \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg - \startenumeration{% - % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. - \ifnum\itemno=0 - \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger - alphabet}% - \fi - \char\lccode\itemno - }% -} - -% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. -\def\uppercaseenumerate{% - \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg - \startenumeration{% - % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. - \ifnum\itemno=0 - \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger - alphabet} - \fi - \char\uccode\itemno - }% -} - -% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the -% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in -% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. -% -\def\startenumeration#1{% - \advance\itemno by -1 - \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr -} - -% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg -% to @enumerate. -% -\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} -\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} -\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} -\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} - -% Definition of @item while inside @itemize. - -\def\itemizeitem{% -\advance\itemno by 1 -{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% -\ifhmode \errmessage{\in hmode at itemizeitem}\fi -{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt -\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}% -\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% -\flushcr} - -\message{indexing,} -% Index generation facilities - -% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite -% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex. -{\catcode`\@=11 -\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}} - -% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. -% It automatically defines \fooindex such that -% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. -% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for -% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. -% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long -% for the sake of vms. - -\def\newindex #1{ -\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file -\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file -\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex -\noexpand\doindex {#1}} -} - -% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} - -\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} - -% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. - -\def\newcodeindex #1{ -\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file -\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file -\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex -\noexpand\docodeindex {#1}} -} - -\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} - -% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. -% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. -\def\synindex #1 #2 {% -\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname -\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo -\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex -\noexpand\doindex {#2}}% -} - -% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo -% inside @code. -\def\syncodeindex #1 #2 {% -\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname -\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo -\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex -\noexpand\docodeindex {#2}}% -} - -% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. -% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, -% and it is "foo", the name of the index. - -% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. -% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. - -% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} -% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. - -\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} -\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} - -% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. -\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} -\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} - -\def\indexdummies{% -\def\_{{\realbackslash _}}% -\def\w{\realbackslash w }% -\def\bf{\realbackslash bf }% -\def\rm{\realbackslash rm }% -\def\sl{\realbackslash sl }% -\def\sf{\realbackslash sf}% -\def\tt{\realbackslash tt}% -\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}% -\def\less{\realbackslash less}% -\def\hat{\realbackslash hat}% -\def\char{\realbackslash char}% -\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}% -\def\dots{\realbackslash dots }% -\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright }% -\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}% -\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}% -\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}% -\def\t##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}% -\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}% -\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}% -\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}% -\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}% -\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}% -\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}% -\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}% -\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}% -\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}% -\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}% -} - -% \indexnofonts no-ops all font-change commands. -% This is used when outputting the strings to sort the index by. -\def\indexdummyfont#1{#1} -\def\indexdummytex{TeX} -\def\indexdummydots{...} - -\def\indexnofonts{% -\let\w=\indexdummyfont -\let\t=\indexdummyfont -\let\r=\indexdummyfont -\let\i=\indexdummyfont -\let\b=\indexdummyfont -\let\emph=\indexdummyfont -\let\strong=\indexdummyfont -\let\cite=\indexdummyfont -\let\sc=\indexdummyfont -%Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command -% and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |... -%\let\tt=\indexdummyfont -\let\tclose=\indexdummyfont -\let\code=\indexdummyfont -\let\file=\indexdummyfont -\let\samp=\indexdummyfont -\let\kbd=\indexdummyfont -\let\key=\indexdummyfont -\let\var=\indexdummyfont -\let\TeX=\indexdummytex -\let\dots=\indexdummydots -} - -% To define \realbackslash, we must make \ not be an escape. -% We must first make another character (@) an escape -% so we do not become unable to do a definition. - -{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other -@gdef@realbackslash{\}} - -\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. - -\def\doind #1#2{% -{\count10=\lastpenalty % -{\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage -\escapechar=`\\% -{\let\folio=0% Expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio -\def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now -% so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash in the indx. -% -% Now process the index-string once, with all font commands turned off, -% to get the string to sort the index by. -{\indexnofonts -\xdef\temp1{#2}% -}% -% Now produce the complete index entry. We process the index-string again, -% this time with font commands expanded, to get what to print in the index. -\edef\temp{% -\write \csname#1indfile\endcsname{% -\realbackslash entry {\temp1}{\folio}{#2}}}% -\temp }% -}\penalty\count10}} - -\def\dosubind #1#2#3{% -{\count10=\lastpenalty % -{\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage -\escapechar=`\\% -{\let\folio=0% -\def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% -% -% Now process the index-string once, with all font commands turned off, -% to get the string to sort the index by. -{\indexnofonts -\xdef\temp1{#2 #3}% -}% -% Now produce the complete index entry. We process the index-string again, -% this time with font commands expanded, to get what to print in the index. -\edef\temp{% -\write \csname#1indfile\endcsname{% -\realbackslash entry {\temp1}{\folio}{#2}{#3}}}% -\temp }% -}\penalty\count10}} - -% The index entry written in the file actually looks like -% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} -% or -% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} -% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files -% containing these kinds of lines: -% \initial {c} -% before the first topic whose initial is c -% \entry {topic}{pagelist} -% for a topic that is used without subtopics -% \primary {topic} -% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics -% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} -% for each subtopic. - -% Define the user-accessible indexing commands -% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. - -\def\findex {\fnindex} -\def\kindex {\kyindex} -\def\cindex {\cpindex} -\def\vindex {\vrindex} -\def\tindex {\tpindex} -\def\pindex {\pgindex} - -\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} -{\obeylines % -\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % -\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} - -% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. - -% This is what you call to cause a particular index to get printed. -% Write -% @unnumbered Function Index -% @printindex fn - -\def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex} - -\def\doprintindex#1{% - \tex - \dobreak \chapheadingskip {10000} - \catcode`\%=\other\catcode`\&=\other\catcode`\#=\other - \catcode`\$=\other\catcode`\_=\other - \catcode`\~=\other - % - % The following don't help, since the chars were translated - % when the raw index was written, and their fonts were discarded - % due to \indexnofonts. - %\catcode`\"=\active - %\catcode`\^=\active - %\catcode`\_=\active - %\catcode`\|=\active - %\catcode`\<=\active - %\catcode`\>=\active - % % - \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx} - \indexfonts\rm \tolerance=9500 \advance\baselineskip -1pt - \begindoublecolumns - % - % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. - \openin 1 \jobname.#1s - \ifeof 1 - % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, - % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the - % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure - % there is some text. - (Index is nonexistent) - \else - % - % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof - % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so - % it can discover if there is anything in it. - \read 1 to \temp - \ifeof 1 - (Index is empty) - \else - \input \jobname.#1s - \fi - \fi - \closein 1 - \enddoublecolumns - \Etex -} - -% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. -% Change them to control the appearance of the index. - -% Same as \bigskipamount except no shrink. -% \balancecolumns gets confused if there is any shrink. -\newskip\initialskipamount \initialskipamount 12pt plus4pt - -\def\initial #1{% -{\let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt -\ifdim\lastskip<\initialskipamount -\removelastskip \penalty-200 \vskip \initialskipamount\fi -\line{\secbf#1\hfill}\kern 2pt\penalty10000}} - -% This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2 -% flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents -% entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. -% -\def\entry #1#2{\begingroup - % - % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't - % affect previous text. - \par - % - % Do not fill out the last line with white space. - \parfillskip = 0in - % - % No extra space above this paragraph. - \parskip = 0in - % - % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. - \finalhyphendemerits = 0 - % - % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number - % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the - % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large - % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across - % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. - % - % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start - % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. - \hangindent=2em - % - % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line - % with blank space. - \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil - % - % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking - % parameters we've set above will have an effect. - \noindent - % - % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it. - #1% - % - % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out - % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the - % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) - \hfil\penalty50 - \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. - % - % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as - % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull - % \hbox ensues. - \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph. - \par -\endgroup} - -% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em. -\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders - \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu . \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} - -\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} - -\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm - -\def\secondary #1#2{ -{\parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in -\hangindent =1in \hangafter=1 -\noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill #2\par -}} - -%% Define two-column mode, which is used in indexes. -%% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416. -\catcode `\@=11 - -\newbox\partialpage - -\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize - -\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup - % Grab any single-column material above us. - \output = {\global\setbox\partialpage - =\vbox{\unvbox255\kern -\topskip \kern \baselineskip}}% - \eject - % - % Now switch to the double-column output routine. - \output={\doublecolumnout}% - % - % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this - % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 - % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple - % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the - % execution time, so we may as well do it once. - % - % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between - % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it - % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant - % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +- < - % 1pt) as it did when we hard-coded it. - % - % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we - % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) - % been clobbered. - % - \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize - \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize - \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 - \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize - % - % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, - % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) - \vsize = 2\vsize - \doublecolumnpagegoal -} - -\def\enddoublecolumns{\eject \endgroup \pagegoal=\vsize \unvbox\partialpage} - -\def\doublecolumnsplit{\splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth - \global\dimen@=\pageheight \global\advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage - \global\setbox1=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \global\setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox1} - \global\setbox3=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \global\setbox2=\vbox{\unvbox3} - \ifdim\ht0>\dimen@ \setbox255=\vbox{\unvbox0\unvbox2} \global\setbox255=\copy5 \fi - \ifdim\ht2>\dimen@ \setbox255=\vbox{\unvbox0\unvbox2} \global\setbox255=\copy5 \fi -} -\def\doublecolumnpagegoal{% - \dimen@=\vsize \advance\dimen@ by-2\ht\partialpage \global\pagegoal=\dimen@ -} -\def\pagesofar{\unvbox\partialpage % - \hsize=\doublecolumnhsize % have to restore this since output routine - \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}} -\def\doublecolumnout{% - \setbox5=\copy255 - {\vbadness=10000 \doublecolumnsplit} - \ifvbox255 - \setbox0=\vtop to\dimen@{\unvbox0} - \setbox2=\vtop to\dimen@{\unvbox2} - \onepageout\pagesofar \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty - \else - \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox5} - \ifvbox0 - \dimen@=\ht0 \advance\dimen@ by\topskip \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip - \divide\dimen@ by2 \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth - {\vbadness=10000 - \loop \global\setbox5=\copy0 - \setbox1=\vsplit5 to\dimen@ - \setbox3=\vsplit5 to\dimen@ - \ifvbox5 \global\advance\dimen@ by1pt \repeat - \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1} - \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3} - \global\setbox\partialpage=\vbox{\pagesofar} - \doublecolumnpagegoal - } - \fi - \fi -} - -\catcode `\@=\other -\message{sectioning,} -% Define chapters, sections, etc. - -\newcount \chapno -\newcount \secno \secno=0 -\newcount \subsecno \subsecno=0 -\newcount \subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 - -% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... -\newcount \appendixno \appendixno = `\@ -\def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} - -\newwrite \contentsfile -% This is called from \setfilename. -\def\opencontents{\openout \contentsfile = \jobname.toc} - -% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. -% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise - -\def\thischapter{} \def\thissection{} -\def\seccheck#1{\if \pageno<0 % -\errmessage{@#1 not allowed after generating table of contents}\fi -% -} - -\def\chapternofonts{% -\let\rawbackslash=\relax% -\let\frenchspacing=\relax% -\def\result{\realbackslash result} -\def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv} -\def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion} -\def\print{\realbackslash print} -\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX} -\def\dots{\realbackslash dots} -\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright} -\def\tt{\realbackslash tt} -\def\bf{\realbackslash bf } -\def\w{\realbackslash w} -\def\less{\realbackslash less} -\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr} -\def\hat{\realbackslash hat} -\def\char{\realbackslash char} -\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}} -\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}} -\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}} -\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}} -\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}} -\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}} -\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}} -\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}} -% These are redefined because @smartitalic wouldn't work inside xdef. -\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}} -\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}} -\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}} -\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}} -\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}} -} - -\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level -\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count - -% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. -\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} -\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name - -% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. -\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} -\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name - -% Choose a numbered-heading macro -% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections -% #2 is text for heading -\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 -\ifcase\absseclevel - \chapterzzz{#2} -\or - \seczzz{#2} -\or - \numberedsubseczzz{#2} -\or - \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} -\else - \ifnum \absseclevel<0 - \chapterzzz{#2} - \else - \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} - \fi -\fi -} - -% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels -\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 -\ifcase\absseclevel - \appendixzzz{#2} -\or - \appendixsectionzzz{#2} -\or - \appendixsubseczzz{#2} -\or - \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} -\else - \ifnum \absseclevel<0 - \appendixzzz{#2} - \else - \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} - \fi -\fi -} - -% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels -\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 -\ifcase\absseclevel - \unnumberedzzz{#2} -\or - \unnumberedseczzz{#2} -\or - \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2} -\or - \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} -\else - \ifnum \absseclevel<0 - \unnumberedzzz{#2} - \else - \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} - \fi -\fi -} - - -\def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title} -\outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy} -\def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz -\def\chapterzzz #1{\seccheck{chapter}% -\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 -\global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{Chapter \the\chapno}% -\chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}% -\gdef\thissection{#1}% -\gdef\thischaptername{#1}% -% We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter -% because we don't want its macros evaluated now. -\xdef\thischapter{Chapter \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry {#1}{\the\chapno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\donoderef % -\global\let\section = \numberedsec -\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec -\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec -}} - -\outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy} -\def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz -\def\appendixzzz #1{\seccheck{appendix}% -\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 -\global\advance \appendixno by 1 \message{Appendix \appendixletter}% -\chapmacro {#1}{Appendix \appendixletter}% -\gdef\thissection{#1}% -\gdef\thischaptername{#1}% -\xdef\thischapter{Appendix \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry - {#1}{Appendix \appendixletter}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\appendixnoderef % -\global\let\section = \appendixsec -\global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec -\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec -}} - -\outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} -\outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} -\def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz -\def\unnumberedzzz #1{\seccheck{unnumbered}% -\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 -% -% This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the -% argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX -% expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX -% expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant -% to be executed, not expanded). -% -% Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear -% as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use -% \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, -% simply yielding the contents of the . -\toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}% -% -\unnumbchapmacro {#1}% -\gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry {#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\unnumbnoderef % -\global\let\section = \unnumberedsec -\global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec -\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec -}} - -\outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy} -\def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz -\def\seczzz #1{\seccheck{section}% -\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % -\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry % -{#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\donoderef % -\penalty 10000 % -}} - -\outer\def\appenixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} -\outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} -\def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz -\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsection}% -\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % -\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry % -{#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\appendixnoderef % -\penalty 10000 % -}} - -\outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy} -\def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz -\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsec}% -\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\unnumbnoderef % -\penalty 10000 % -}} - -\outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy} -\def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz -\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsection}% -\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % -\subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry % -{#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\donoderef % -\penalty 10000 % -}} - -\outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy} -\def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz -\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsec}% -\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % -\subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry % -{#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\appendixnoderef % -\penalty 10000 % -}} - -\outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy} -\def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz -\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsec}% -\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\unnumbnoderef % -\penalty 10000 % -}} - -\outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy} -\def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz -\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsubsection}% -\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % -\subsubsecheading {#1} - {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry % - {#1} - {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno} - {\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\donoderef % -\penalty 10000 % -}} - -\outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy} -\def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz -\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsubsec}% -\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % -\subsubsecheading {#1} - {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{#1}% - {\appendixletter} - {\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\appendixnoderef % -\penalty 10000 % -}} - -\outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy} -\def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz -\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsubsec}% -\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\unnumbnoderef % -\penalty 10000 % -}} - -% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo. -% Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work. -\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} -\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} -\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz} -\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz} -\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz} - -\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz} -\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz} -\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz} -\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz} - -\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz} -\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz} -\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz} -\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz} - -% These macros control what the section commands do, according -% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). -% Define them by default for a numbered chapter. -\global\let\section = \numberedsec -\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec -\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec - -% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading - -% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and -% such: -% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit -% overlong headings to fold. -% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a -% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. -% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and -% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. - - -\def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz} -\def\majorheadingzzz #1{% -{\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% -{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} - -\def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz} -\def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak % -{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} - -\def\heading{\parsearg\secheadingi} - -\def\subheading{\parsearg\subsecheadingi} - -\def\subsubheading{\parsearg\subsubsecheadingi} - -% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only -% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), -% given all the information in convenient, parsed form. - -%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) -\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} - -\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} - -%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it -% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) - -\newskip \chapheadingskip \chapheadingskip = 30pt plus 8pt minus 4pt - -\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} -\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} -\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi} - -\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} - -\def\CHAPPAGoff{ -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} - -\def\CHAPPAGon{ -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager -\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} - -\def\CHAPPAGodd{ -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage -\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} - -\CHAPPAGon - -\def\CHAPFplain{ -\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain -\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain} - -\def\chfplain #1#2{% - \pchapsepmacro - {% - \chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #2\enspace #1}% - }% - \bigskip - \penalty5000 -} - -\def\unnchfplain #1{% -\pchapsepmacro % -{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 % -} -\CHAPFplain % The default - -\def\unnchfopen #1{% -\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 % -} - -\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts -\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% -\par\penalty 5000 % -} - -\def\CHAPFopen{ -\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen -\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen} - -% Parameter controlling skip before section headings. - -\newskip \subsecheadingskip \subsecheadingskip = 17pt plus 8pt minus 4pt -\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}} - -\newskip \secheadingskip \secheadingskip = 21pt plus 8pt minus 4pt -\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}} - -% @paragraphindent is defined for the Info formatting commands only. -\let\paragraphindent=\comment - -% Section fonts are the base font at magstep2, which produces -% a size a bit more than 14 points in the default situation. - -\def\secheading #1#2#3{\secheadingi {#2.#3\enspace #1}} -\def\plainsecheading #1{\secheadingi {#1}} -\def\secheadingi #1{{\advance \secheadingskip by \parskip % -\secheadingbreak}% -{\secfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}% -\ifdim \parskip<10pt \kern 10pt\kern -\parskip\fi \penalty 10000 } - - -% Subsection fonts are the base font at magstep1, -% which produces a size of 12 points. - -\def\subsecheading #1#2#3#4{\subsecheadingi {#2.#3.#4\enspace #1}} -\def\subsecheadingi #1{{\advance \subsecheadingskip by \parskip % -\subsecheadingbreak}% -{\subsecfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}% -\ifdim \parskip<10pt \kern 10pt\kern -\parskip\fi \penalty 10000 } - -\def\subsubsecfonts{\subsecfonts} % Maybe this should change: - % Perhaps make sssec fonts scaled - % magstep half -\def\subsubsecheading #1#2#3#4#5{\subsubsecheadingi {#2.#3.#4.#5\enspace #1}} -\def\subsubsecheadingi #1{{\advance \subsecheadingskip by \parskip % -\subsecheadingbreak}% -{\subsubsecfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}% -\ifdim \parskip<10pt \kern 10pt\kern -\parskip\fi \penalty 10000} - - -\message{toc printing,} - -% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written -% to \contentsfile. - -\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in -\def\startcontents#1{% - \pagealignmacro - \immediate\closeout \contentsfile - \ifnum \pageno>0 - \pageno = -1 % Request roman numbered pages. - \fi - % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. - % It is abundantly clear what they are. - \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}% - \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. - \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11 - \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. - \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. -} - - -% Normal (long) toc. -\outer\def\contents{% - \startcontents{Table of Contents}% - \input \jobname.toc - \endgroup - \vfill \eject -} - -% And just the chapters. -\outer\def\summarycontents{% - \startcontents{Short Contents}% - % - \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry - \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry - % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. - \secfonts - \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl - \rm - \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. - \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{} - \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{} - \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{} - \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{} - \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{} - \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{} - \input \jobname.toc - \endgroup - \vfill \eject -} -\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents - -% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. -% The first argument is the chapter or section name. -% The last argument is the page number. -% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... - -% Chapter-level things, for both the long and short contents. -\def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}} - -% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings -\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{% - \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno{#3}}% -} - -% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. -% The arg is, e.g. `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. -% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry -% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry -% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it. -\setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm Appendix } -\newdimen\shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth = \wd0 - -\def\shortchaplabel#1{% - % We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of - % #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned. - \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}% - \dimen0 = \ifdim\wd0 > \shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth \else 0pt \fi - % - % This space should be plenty, since a single number is .5em, and the - % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. - % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after - % the label; that gets put in in \shortchapentry above.) - \advance\dimen0 by 1.1em - \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hfil}% -} - -\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}} -\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno{#2}}} - -% Sections. -\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\def\unnumbsecentry#1#2{\dosecentry{#1}{#2}} - -% Subsections. -\def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}} -\def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#2}} - -% And subsubsections. -\def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{% - \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}} -\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#2}} - - -% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. -\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc - -% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the -% page number. -% -% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we would want to be at chapters -% if at all possible; hence the \penalty. -\def\dochapentry#1#2{% - \penalty-300 \vskip\baselineskip - \begingroup - \chapentryfonts - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% - \endgroup - \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip -} - -\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% -\endgroup} - -\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% -\endgroup} - -\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% -\endgroup} - -% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for -% the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We -% can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist -% of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.) -% -\def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup - \hyphenpenalty = 10000 - \entry{#1}{#2}% -\endgroup} - -% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. -\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} - -\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} -\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} - -\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} -\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} -\let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts -\let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts - - -\message{environments,} - -% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of -% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. -% Furthermore, these definitions must come after we define our fonts. -\newbox\dblarrowbox \newbox\longdblarrowbox -\newbox\pushcharbox \newbox\bullbox -\newbox\equivbox \newbox\errorbox - -\let\ptexequiv = \equiv - -%{\tentt -%\global\setbox\dblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil} -%\global\setbox\longdblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil} -%\global\setbox\pushcharbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil} -%\global\setbox\equivbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil} -% Adapted from the manmac format (p.420 of TeXbook) -%\global\setbox\bullbox = \hbox to 1em{\kern.15em\vrule height .75ex width .85ex -% depth .1ex\hfil} -%} - -\def\point{$\star$} - -\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} -\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} -\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} - -\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} - -% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. -{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. -\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules -% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) -\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt} - -\global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil - \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. - \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. - \vbox{ - \hrule height\dimen2 - \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. - \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. - \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. - \hrule height\dimen2} - \hfil} - -% The @error{} command. -\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} - -% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. -% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. -% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. - -\def\tex{\begingroup -\catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 -\catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 -\catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie -\catcode `\%=14 -\catcode 43=12 -\catcode`\"=12 -\catcode`\==12 -\catcode`\|=12 -\catcode`\<=12 -\catcode`\>=12 -\escapechar=`\\ -% -\let\{=\ptexlbrace -\let\}=\ptexrbrace -\let\.=\ptexdot -\let\*=\ptexstar -\let\dots=\ptexdots -\def\@{@}% -\let\bullet=\ptexbullet -\let\b=\ptexb \let\c=\ptexc \let\i=\ptexi \let\t=\ptext \let\l=\ptexl -\let\L=\ptexL -% -\let\Etex=\endgroup} - -% Define @lisp ... @endlisp. -% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things, -% including the definition of @endlisp (which normally is erroneous). - -% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. -\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in - -% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other -% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't -% have any width. -\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} - -% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword -% space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this -% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input -% should produce a line of output anyway. -% -{\obeyspaces % -\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}} - -% Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is -% for use in \parsearg. -{\sepspaces % -\global\let\obeyedspace= } - -% This space is always present above and below environments. -\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt - -% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here -% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip -% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the -% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip -% -\def\aboveenvbreak{{\advance\envskipamount by \parskip -\endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount -\removelastskip \penalty-50 \vskip\envskipamount \fi}} - -\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak - -% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins. -\let\nonarrowing=\relax - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% \cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around argument -\font\circle=lcircle10 -\newdimen\circthick -\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner -\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip -\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle -% -\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth -\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} -\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} -\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} -\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip - \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr - \hskip\rskip}} -\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip - \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr - \hskip\rskip}} -% -\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip - -\long\def\cartouche{% -\begingroup - \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip - \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*. - \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip - \advance\cartinner by-\rskip - \cartouter=\hsize - \advance\cartouter by 18pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either -% side, and for 6pt waste from -% each corner char - \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip - % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. - \let\nonarrowing=\comment - \vbox\bgroup - \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt - \carttop - \hbox\bgroup - \hskip\lskip - \vrule\kern3pt - \vbox\bgroup - \hsize=\cartinner - \kern3pt - \begingroup - \baselineskip=\normbskip - \lineskip=\normlskip - \parskip=\normpskip - \vskip -\parskip -\def\Ecartouche{% - \endgroup - \kern3pt - \egroup - \kern3pt\vrule - \hskip\rskip - \egroup - \cartbot - \egroup -\endgroup -}} - - -% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, -% inside a group. -\def\nonfillstart{% - \aboveenvbreak - \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body - \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy - \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. - \singlespace - \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines - \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output - \parskip = 0pt - \parindent = 0pt - \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes - % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing - % at next level down. - \ifx\nonarrowing\relax - \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing - \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing - \let\exdent=\nofillexdent - \let\nonarrowing=\relax - \fi -} - -% To ending an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph -% (via \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we -% keep the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue -% will be inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the -% document, after the environment. -% -\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% - -% This macro is -\def\lisp{\begingroup - \nonfillstart - \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish - \tt - \rawbackslash % have \ input char produce \ char from current font - \gobble -} - -% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the -% environment, so the error checking in \end will work. -% -% We must call \lisp last in the definition, since it reads the -% return following the @example (or whatever) command. -% -\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} -\def\smallexample{\begingroup \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} -\def\smalllisp{\begingroup \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} - -% @smallexample and @smalllisp. This is not used unless the @smallbook -% command is given. Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. -% -\def\smalllispx{\begingroup - \nonfillstart - \let\Esmalllisp = \nonfillfinish - \let\Esmallexample = \nonfillfinish - % - % Smaller interline space and fonts for small examples. - \baselineskip 10pt - \indexfonts \tt - \rawbackslash % output the \ character from the current font - \gobble -} - -% This is @display; same as @lisp except use roman font. -% -\def\display{\begingroup - \nonfillstart - \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish - \gobble -} - -% This is @format; same as @display except don't narrow margins. -% -\def\format{\begingroup - \let\nonarrowing = t - \nonfillstart - \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish - \gobble -} - -% @flushleft (same as @format) and @flushright. -% -\def\flushleft{\begingroup - \let\nonarrowing = t - \nonfillstart - \let\Eflushleft = \nonfillfinish - \gobble -} -\def\flushright{\begingroup - \let\nonarrowing = t - \nonfillstart - \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish - \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill - \gobble} - -% @quotation does normal linebreaking and narrows the margins. -% -\def\quotation{% -\begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body -{\parskip=0pt % because we will skip by \parskip too, later -\aboveenvbreak}% -\singlespace -\parindent=0pt -\let\Equotation = \nonfillfinish -% @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing -% at next level down. -\ifx\nonarrowing\relax -\advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing -\advance \rightskip by \lispnarrowing -\exdentamount=\lispnarrowing -\let\nonarrowing=\relax -\fi} - -\message{defuns,} -% Define formatter for defuns -% First, allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally -\def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname} - -\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in -\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt -\newskip\deftypemargin \deftypemargin=12pt -\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt - -\newcount\parencount -% define \functionparens, which makes ( and ) and & do special things. -% \functionparens affects the group it is contained in. -\def\activeparens{% -\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\&=\active -\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active} - -% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. -\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) - -{\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm) - -% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, -% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, -% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. -\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen -\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack - -\gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 } -\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} - -% Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions. -% This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses. -\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested % -\global\advance\parencount by 1 } -% -% This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens. -\gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 } -% -\gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0. -% also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (. -\ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi -\global\advance \parencount by -1 } -% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards -\gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ } -% -\gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr} -} % End of definition inside \activeparens -%% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the -%% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] -\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}} \def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}} \def\ampnr{\&} -\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} \def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}} - -% First, defname, which formats the header line itself. -% #1 should be the function name. -% #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function". - -\def\defname #1#2{% -% Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were -% outside the @def... -\dimen2=\leftskip -\advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent -\dimen3=\rightskip -\advance\dimen3 by -\defbodyindent -\noindent % -\setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}% -\dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line -\dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent %size for continuations -\parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1 % -% Now output arg 2 ("Function" or some such) -% ending at \deftypemargin from the right margin, -% but stuck inside a box of width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking -{% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins, -% so that \rightline will obey them. -\advance \hsize by -\dimen2 \advance \hsize by -\dimen3 -\rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}}}% -% Make all lines underfull and no complaints: -\tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 -\advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -{\df #1}\enskip % Generate function name -} - -\newif\ifinargs\inargsfalse -\def\keyword#1{% - \ifinargs{\df #1}\xdef\cumkeywords{\cumkeywords #1}% - \else\code{#1}\fi} - -% Actually process the body of a definition -% #1 should be the terminating control sequence, such as \Edefun. -% #2 should be the "another name" control sequence, such as \defunx. -% #3 should be the control sequence that actually processes the header, -% such as \defunheader. - -\def\defparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody -\medbreak % -% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -% so that it will exit this group. -\def\cumkeywords{}% -\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}% -\parindent=0in -\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -\begingroup % -\catcode 61=\active % -\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3} - -\def\defmethparsebody #1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV % -\medbreak % -% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -% so that it will exit this group. -\def\cumkeywords{}% -\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -\def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% -\parindent=0in -\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}} - -\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % -\medbreak % -% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -% so that it will exit this group. -\def\cumkeywords{}% -\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% -\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% -\parindent=0in -\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} - -% These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones -% except that they do not make parens into active characters. -% These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments. - -\def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody -\medbreak % -% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -% so that it will exit this group. -\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit#3}% -\parindent=0in -\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -\begingroup % -\catcode 61=\active % -\obeylines\spacesplit#3} - -\def\defvrparsebody #1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV % -\medbreak % -% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -% so that it will exit this group. -\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -\def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% -\parindent=0in -\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#4}}} - -% This seems to work right in all cases. -\let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody -% This fails to work. When given `@deftp {Data Type} foo_t', -% it thinks the type name is just `f'. -%%% This is the same as all the others except for the last line. We need -%%% to parse the arguments differently for @deftp, since the ``attributes'' -%%% there are optional. -%%% -%%\def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV % -%%\medbreak % -%%% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -%%% so that it will exit this group. -%%\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -%%\def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% -%%\parindent=0in -%%\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent -%%\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -%%\begingroup\obeylines\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}} - -%%{\obeylines % -%% % Parse the type name and any attributes (field names, etc.). -%% % #1 is the beginning of the macro call that will produce the output, -%% % i.e., \deftpheader{CLASS}; this is passed from \deftpparsebody. -%% % #2 is the type name, e.g., `struct termios'. -%% % #3 is the (possibly empty) attribute list. -%% % -%% \gdef\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3^^M{% -%% \endgroup % Started in \deftpparsebody. -%% % -%% % If the attribute list is in fact empty, there will be no space after -%% % #2; so we can't put a space in our TeX parameter list. But if it -%% % isn't empty, then #3 will begin with an unwanted space. -%% \def\theargs{\ignorespaces #3}% -%% % -%% % Call the macro to produce the output. -%% #1{#2}\theargs % -%% }% -%%} - -\def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % -\medbreak % -% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -% so that it will exit this group. -\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% -\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% -\parindent=0in -\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} - -% Split up #2 at the first space token. -% call #1 with two arguments: -% the first is all of #2 before the space token, -% the second is all of #2 after that space token. -% If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg -% and the second is passed as empty. - -{\obeylines -\gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitfoo{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitfoo}% -\long\gdef\spacesplitfoo#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitfoo{% -\ifx\relax #3% -#1{#2}{}\else #1{#2}{#3#4}\fi}} - -% So much for the things common to all kinds of definitions. - -% Define @defun. - -% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun -% Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up - -\def\defunargs #1{\functionparens \sl -% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. -% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. -\hyphenchar\tensl=0\inargstrue -#1% -\hyphenchar\tensl=45 -\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{unbalanced parens in @def arguments}\fi% -\interlinepenalty=10000 -\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil -\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000% -} - -\def\deftypefunargs #1{% -% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. -% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. -\functionparens\inargstrue -\code{#1}% -\interlinepenalty=10000 -\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil -\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000% -} - -% Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed. - -% @deffn Command forward-char nchars - -\def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader} - -\def\deffnheader #1#2#3{% -\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup % -\doind {fn}{\code{#2\cumkeywords}}% -\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody -} - -% @defun == @deffn Function - -\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader} - -\def\defunheader #1#2{% -\begingroup\defname {#1}{Function}% -\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % -\doind {fn}{\code{#1\cumkeywords}}% -\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody -} - -% @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) - -\def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader} - -% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args. -\def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax} -% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args. -\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{% -\begingroup\defname {\code{#1} #2}{Function}% -\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup % -\doind {fn}{\code{#2\cumkeywords}}% Make entry in function index -\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody -} - -% @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) - -\def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader} - -% #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args. -\def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax} -% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args. -\def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{% -\begingroup\defname {\code{#2} #3}{#1}% -\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup % -\doind {fn}{\code{#3\cumkeywords}}% Make entry in function index -\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody -} - -% @deftypemethod {Class} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) - -\def\deftypemethod{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemthx\deftypemthheader} - -% #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args. -\def\deftypemthheader #1#2#3{\deftypemthheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax} -% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args. -\def\deftypemthheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{% -\begingroup\defname {\code{#2} #3}{Method on #1}% -\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup % -\dosubind {fn}{\code{#3\cumkeywords}}{on #1}% entry in function index -\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody -} - -% @defmac == @deffn Macro - -\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader} - -\def\defmacheader #1#2{% -\begingroup\defname {#1}{Macro}% -\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % -\doind {fn}{\code{#1\cumkeywords}}% -\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody -} - -% @defspec == @deffn Special Form - -\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader} - -\def\defspecheader #1#2{% -\begingroup\defname {#1}{Special Form}% -\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % -\doind {fn}{\code{#1\cumkeywords}}% -\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody -} - -% This definition is run if you use @defunx -% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx. - -\def\deffnx #1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}} -\def\defunx #1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}} -\def\defmacx #1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}} -\def\defspecx #1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypefnx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypeunx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypeunx in invalid context}} - -% @defmethod, and so on - -% @defop {Funny Method} foo-class frobnicate argument - -\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}% -\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype} - -\def\defopheader #1#2#3{% -\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype{} on #1}% -\defunargs {#3}\endgroup % -\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2\cumkeywords}}{on #1}% Make entry in function index -} - -% @defmethod == @defop Method - -\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader} - -\def\defmethodheader #1#2#3{% -\begingroup\defname {#2}{Method on #1}% -\defunargs {#3}\endgroup % -\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2\cumkeywords}}{on #1}% entry in function index -} - -% @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag - -\def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}% -\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype} - -\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{% -\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype{} of #1}% -\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % -} - -% @defivar == @defcv {Instance Variable} - -\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader} - -\def\defivarheader #1#2#3{% -\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#2}{Instance Variable of #1}% -\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % -} - -% These definitions are run if you use @defmethodx, etc., -% anywhere other than immediately after a @defmethod, etc. - -\def\defopx #1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}} -\def\defmethodx #1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}} -\def\defcvx #1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}} -\def\defivarx #1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}} - -% Now @defvar - -% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar. -% This is actually simple: just print them in roman. -% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up -\def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1% -\interlinepenalty=10000 -\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000} - -% @defvr Counter foo-count - -\def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader} - -\def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}% -\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup} - -% @defvar == @defvr Variable - -\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader} - -\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{Variable}% -\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % -} - -% @defopt == @defvr {User Option} - -\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader} - -\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{User Option}% -\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % -} - -% @deftypevar int foobar - -\def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader} - -% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name. -\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{% -\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in variables index -\begingroup\defname {\code{#1} #2}{Variable}% -\interlinepenalty=10000 -\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000 -\endgroup} - -% @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable - -\def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader} - -\def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#3}}% -\begingroup\defname {\code{#2} #3}{#1} -\interlinepenalty=10000 -\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000 -\endgroup} - -% This definition is run if you use @defvarx -% anywhere other than immediately after a @defvar or @defvarx. - -\def\defvrx #1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}} -\def\defvarx #1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}} -\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypevarx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypevrx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}} - -% Now define @deftp -% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar. - -\def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}} - -% @deftp Class window height width ... - -\def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader} - -\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}% -\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup} - -% This definition is run if you use @deftpx, etc -% anywhere other than immediately after a @deftp, etc. - -\def\deftpx #1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}} - -\message{cross reference,} -% Define cross-reference macros -\newwrite \auxfile - -\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. -\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. - -% \setref{foo} defines a cross-reference point named foo. - -\def\setref#1{% -%\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% -\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% -\dosetq{#1-snt}{Ysectionnumberandtype}} - -\def\unnumbsetref#1{% -%\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% -\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% -\dosetq{#1-snt}{Ynothing}} - -\def\appendixsetref#1{% -%\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% -\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% -\dosetq{#1-snt}{Yappendixletterandtype}} - -% \xref, \pxref, and \ref generate cross-references to specified points. -% For \xrefX, #1 is the node name, #2 the name of the Info -% cross-reference, #3 the printed node name, #4 the name of the Info -% file, #5 the name of the printed manual. All but the node name can be -% omitted. -% -\def\pxref#1{see \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\xref#1{See \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup% -\def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% -\def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}% -% -\setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}% -\setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}% -\ifdim \wd0=0pt% -\def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% -%%% Uncommment the following line to make the actual chapter or section title -%%% appear inside the square brackets. -%\def\printednodename{#1-title}% -\fi% -% -% -% If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does -% not insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it -% will not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some -% manuals are best written with fairly long node names, containing -% hyphens, this is a loss. Therefore, we simply give the text of -% the node name again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first -% time. -\ifdim \wd1>0pt -section ``\printednodename'' in \cite{\printedmanual}% -\else% -\turnoffactive% -\refx{#1-snt}{} [\printednodename], page\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% -\fi -\endgroup} - -% \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros - -% Use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore -% work in node names. -\def\dosetq #1#2{{\let\folio=0 \turnoffactive% -\edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq {#1}{#2}}}% -\next}} - -% \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into -% CHARACTERS 'xrdef {foo}{...expansion of \Ypage...} -% When the aux file is read, ' is the escape character - -\def\internalsetq #1#2{'xrdef {#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}} - -% Things to be expanded by \internalsetq - -\def\Ypagenumber{\folio} - -\def\Ytitle{\thischapter} - -\def\Ynothing{} - -\def\Ysectionnumberandtype{% -\ifnum\secno=0 Chapter\xreftie\the\chapno % -\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 Section\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno % -\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 % -Section\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno % -\else % -Section\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno % -\fi \fi \fi } - -\def\Yappendixletterandtype{% -\ifnum\secno=0 Appendix\xreftie'char\the\appendixno{}% -\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 Section\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno % -\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 % -Section\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno % -\else % -Section\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno % -\fi \fi \fi } - -\gdef\xreftie{'tie} - -% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error -% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. -% -\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined - \let\linenumber = \empty % Non-3.0. -\else - \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space} -\fi - -% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. -% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. - -\def\refx#1#2{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax - % If not defined, say something at least. - $\langle$un\-de\-fined$\rangle$% - \ifhavexrefs - \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% - \else - \ifwarnedxrefs\else - \global\warnedxrefstrue - \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% - \fi - \fi - \else - % It's defined, so just use it. - \csname X#1\endcsname - \fi - #2% Output the suffix in any case. -} - -% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. - -% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. -\def\xrdef #1#2{ -{\catcode`\'=\other\expandafter \gdef \csname X#1\endcsname {#2}}} - -\def\readauxfile{% -\begingroup -\catcode `\^^@=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\^^C=\other -\catcode `\^^D=\other -\catcode `\^^E=\other -\catcode `\^^F=\other -\catcode `\^^G=\other -\catcode `\^^H=\other -\catcode `\ =\other -\catcode `\^^L=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode 26=\other -\catcode `\^^[=\other -\catcode `\^^\=\other -\catcode `\^^]=\other -\catcode `\^^^=\other -\catcode `\^^_=\other -\catcode `\@=\other -\catcode `\^=\other -\catcode `\~=\other -\catcode `\[=\other -\catcode `\]=\other -\catcode`\"=\other -\catcode`\_=\other -\catcode`\|=\other -\catcode`\<=\other -\catcode`\>=\other -\catcode `\$=\other -\catcode `\#=\other -\catcode `\&=\other -% `\+ does not work, so use 43. -\catcode 43=\other -% the aux file uses ' as the escape. -% Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on -% entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names. -% For example, 'xrdef {$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^ -% Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish, -% but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in. -\catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 -\catcode `\%=\other -\catcode `\'=0 -\catcode `\\=\other -\openin 1 \jobname.aux -\ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 \input \jobname.aux \global\havexrefstrue -\global\warnedobstrue -\fi -% Open the new aux file. Tex will close it automatically at exit. -\openout \auxfile=\jobname.aux -\endgroup} - - -% Footnotes. - -\newcount \footnoteno - -% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is -% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a -% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is -% removed. -\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } - -% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.. -\let\footnotestyle=\comment - -\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote - -{\catcode `\@=11 -% -% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. -\gdef\footnote{% - \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne - \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% - % - % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the - % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. - \let\@sf\empty - \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi - % - % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. - \unskip - \thisfootno\@sf - \footnotezzz -}% - -% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the -% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. -% -\long\gdef\footnotezzz#1{\insert\footins{% - % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the - % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. - % So reset some parameters. - \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty - \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes - \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox - \floatingpenalty\@MM - \leftskip\z@skip - \rightskip\z@skip - \spaceskip\z@skip - \xspaceskip\z@skip - \parindent\defaultparindent - % - % Hang the footnote text off the number. - \hang - \textindent{\thisfootno}% - % - % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this - % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it - % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. - \footstrut - #1\strut}% -} - -}%end \catcode `\@=11 - -% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size -% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers -% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. -% -\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} -\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} -\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} -% -\def\setleading#1{% - \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax - \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip - \normalbaselines - \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% - \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip - depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip - }% -} - -% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should -% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the -% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would -% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main -% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). -% -\def\|{% - % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. - \leavevmode - % - % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. - \vadjust{% - % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current - % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. - \vskip-\baselineskip - % - % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So - % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. - \llap{% - % - % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. - \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt - % - % This is the space between the bar and the text. - \hskip 12pt - }% - }% -} - -% For a final copy, take out the rectangles -% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided -% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). -% -\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} - - -% End of control word definitions. - -\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} - -\def\openindices{% - \newindex{cp}% - \newcodeindex{fn}% - \newcodeindex{vr}% - \newcodeindex{tp}% - \newcodeindex{ky}% - \newcodeindex{pg}% -} - -% Set some numeric style parameters, for 8.5 x 11 format. - -%\hsize = 6.5in -\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt -\parindent = \defaultparindent -\parskip 18pt plus 1pt -\setleading{15pt} -\advance\topskip by 1.2cm - -% Prevent underfull vbox error messages. -\vbadness=10000 - -% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. -\widowpenalty=10000 -\clubpenalty=10000 - -% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're -% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of -% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on -% \hsize. This makes it come to about 9pt for the 8.5x11 format. -% -\ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined - % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. - \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% -\else - \emergencystretch = \hsize - \divide\emergencystretch by 45 -\fi - -% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 format (or else 7x9.25) -\def\smallbook{ - -% These values for secheadingskip and subsecheadingskip are -% experiments. RJC 7 Aug 1992 -\global\secheadingskip = 17pt plus 6pt minus 3pt -\global\subsecheadingskip = 14pt plus 6pt minus 3pt - -\global\lispnarrowing = 0.3in -\setleading{12pt} -\advance\topskip by -1cm -\global\parskip 3pt plus 1pt -\global\hsize = 5in -\global\vsize=7.5in -\global\tolerance=700 -\global\hfuzz=1pt -\global\contentsrightmargin=0pt - -\global\pagewidth=\hsize -\global\pageheight=\vsize - -\global\let\smalllisp=\smalllispx -\global\let\smallexample=\smalllispx -\global\def\Esmallexample{\Esmalllisp} -} - -% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. -\def\afourpaper{ -\global\tolerance=700 -\global\hfuzz=1pt -\setleading{12pt} -\global\parskip 15pt plus 1pt - -\global\vsize= 53\baselineskip -\advance\vsize by \topskip -%\global\hsize= 5.85in % A4 wide 10pt -\global\hsize= 6.5in -\global\outerhsize=\hsize -\global\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in -\global\outervsize=\vsize -\global\advance\outervsize by 0.6in - -\global\pagewidth=\hsize -\global\pageheight=\vsize -} - -% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. -\catcode`\"=\other -\catcode`\~=\other -\catcode`\^=\other -\catcode`\_=\other -\catcode`\|=\other -\catcode`\<=\other -\catcode`\>=\other -\catcode`\+=\other -\def\normaldoublequote{"} -\def\normaltilde{~} -\def\normalcaret{^} -\def\normalunderscore{_} -\def\normalverticalbar{|} -\def\normalless{<} -\def\normalgreater{>} -\def\normalplus{+} - -% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont -% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts, -% where something hairier probably needs to be done. -% -% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print -% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero -% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all -% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. -% -\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\the\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} - -% Turn off all special characters except @ -% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). -% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can -% use math or other variants that look better in normal text. - -\catcode`\"=\active -\def\activedoublequote{{\tt \char '042}} -\let"=\activedoublequote -\catcode`\~=\active -\def~{{\tt \char '176}} -\chardef\hat=`\^ -\catcode`\^=\active -\def^{{\tt \hat}} - -\catcode`\_=\active -\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} -% Subroutine for the previous macro. -\def\_{\lvvmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}} - -% \lvvmode is equivalent in function to \leavevmode. -% Using \leavevmode runs into trouble when written out to -% an index file due to the expansion of \leavevmode into ``\unhbox -% \voidb@x'' ---which looks to TeX like ``\unhbox \voidb\x'' due to our -% magic tricks with @. -\def\lvvmode{\vbox to 0pt{}} - -\catcode`\|=\active -\def|{{\tt \char '174}} -\chardef \less=`\< -\catcode`\<=\active -\def<{{\tt \less}} -\chardef \gtr=`\> -\catcode`\>=\active -\def>{{\tt \gtr}} -\catcode`\+=\active -\def+{{\tt \char 43}} -%\catcode 27=\active -%\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$} - -% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters -% even after parsing them. -\def\turnoffactive{\let"=\normaldoublequote -\let~=\normaltilde -\let^=\normalcaret -\let_=\normalunderscore -\let|=\normalverticalbar -\let<=\normalless -\let>=\normalgreater -\let+=\normalplus} - -% Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time. -{\catcode`\==\active -\global\def={{\tt \char 61}}} - -\catcode`\@=0 - -% \rawbackslashxx output one backslash character in current font -\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\ -%{\catcode`\\=\other -%@gdef@rawbackslashxx{\}} - -% \rawbackslash redefines \ as input to do \rawbackslashxx. -{\catcode`\\=\active -@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx }} - -% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. -\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}} - -% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. -\escapechar=`\@ - -% \catcode 17=0 % Define control-q -\catcode`\\=\active - -% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. -% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing -% a backslash. -% -@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} -@global@let\ = @eatinput - -% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then -% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix -% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. -% -@gdef@fixbackslash{@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi} - -%% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. The @rm below -%% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10 -@catcode`@$=@other @catcode`@%=@other @catcode`@&=@other @catcode`@#=@other - -@textfonts -@rm - -@c Local variables: -@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" -@c End: diff --git a/Source/NXStringTable_scan.c b/Source/NXStringTable_scan.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb930d82e --- /dev/null +++ b/Source/NXStringTable_scan.c @@ -0,0 +1,1781 @@ +/* A lexical scanner generated by flex */ + +/* Scanner skeleton version: + * $Header$ + */ + +#define FLEX_SCANNER +#define YY_FLEX_MAJOR_VERSION 2 +#define YY_FLEX_MINOR_VERSION 5 + +#include + + +/* cfront 1.2 defines "c_plusplus" instead of "__cplusplus" */ +#ifdef c_plusplus +#ifndef __cplusplus +#define __cplusplus +#endif +#endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus + +#include +#include + +/* Use prototypes in function declarations. */ +#define YY_USE_PROTOS + +/* The "const" storage-class-modifier is valid. */ +#define YY_USE_CONST + +#else /* ! __cplusplus */ + +#if __STDC__ + +#define YY_USE_PROTOS +#define YY_USE_CONST + +#endif /* __STDC__ */ +#endif /* ! __cplusplus */ + +#ifdef __TURBOC__ + #pragma warn -rch + #pragma warn -use +#include +#include +#define YY_USE_CONST +#define YY_USE_PROTOS +#endif + +#ifdef YY_USE_CONST +#define NXlex_const const +#else +#define NXlex_const +#endif + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +#define YY_PROTO(proto) proto +#else +#define YY_PROTO(proto) () +#endif + +/* Returned upon end-of-file. */ +#define YY_NULL 0 + +/* Promotes a possibly negative, possibly signed char to an unsigned + * integer for use as an array index. If the signed char is negative, + * we want to instead treat it as an 8-bit unsigned char, hence the + * double cast. + */ +#define YY_SC_TO_UI(c) ((unsigned int) (unsigned char) c) + +/* Enter a start condition. This macro really ought to take a parameter, + * but we do it the disgusting crufty way forced on us by the ()-less + * definition of BEGIN. + */ +#define BEGIN NXlex__start = 1 + 2 * + +/* Translate the current start state into a value that can be later handed + * to BEGIN to return to the state. The YYSTATE alias is for lex + * compatibility. + */ +#define YY_START ((NXlex__start - 1) / 2) +#define YYSTATE YY_START + +/* Action number for EOF rule of a given start state. */ +#define YY_STATE_EOF(state) (YY_END_OF_BUFFER + state + 1) + +/* Special action meaning "start processing a new file". */ +#define YY_NEW_FILE NXlex_restart( NXlex_in ) + +#define YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR 0 + +/* Size of default input buffer. */ +#define YY_BUF_SIZE 16384 + +typedef struct NXlex__buffer_state *YY_BUFFER_STATE; + +extern int NXlex_leng; +extern FILE *NXlex_in, *NXlex_out; + +#define EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN 0 +#define EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE 1 +#define EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH 2 + +/* The funky do-while in the following #define is used to turn the definition + * int a single C statement (which needs a semi-colon terminator). This + * avoids problems with code like: + * + * if ( condition_holds ) + * NXlex_less( 5 ); + * else + * do_something_else(); + * + * Prior to using the do-while the compiler would get upset at the + * "else" because it interpreted the "if" statement as being all + * done when it reached the ';' after the NXlex_less() call. + */ + +/* Return all but the first 'n' matched characters back to the input stream. */ + +#define NXlex_less(n) \ + do \ + { \ + /* Undo effects of setting up NXlex_text. */ \ + *NXlex__cp = NXlex__hold_char; \ + YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET \ + NXlex__c_buf_p = NXlex__cp = NXlex__bp + n - YY_MORE_ADJ; \ + YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION; /* set up NXlex_text again */ \ + } \ + while ( 0 ) + +#define unput(c) NXlex_unput( c, NXlex_text_ptr ) + +/* The following is because we cannot portably get our hands on size_t + * (without autoconf's help, which isn't available because we want + * flex-generated scanners to compile on their own). + */ +typedef unsigned int NXlex__size_t; + + +struct NXlex__buffer_state + { + FILE *NXlex__input_file; + + char *NXlex__ch_buf; /* input buffer */ + char *NXlex__buf_pos; /* current position in input buffer */ + + /* Size of input buffer in bytes, not including room for EOB + * characters. + */ + NXlex__size_t NXlex__buf_size; + + /* Number of characters read into NXlex__ch_buf, not including EOB + * characters. + */ + int NXlex__n_chars; + + /* Whether we "own" the buffer - i.e., we know we created it, + * and can realloc() it to grow it, and should free() it to + * delete it. + */ + int NXlex__is_our_buffer; + + /* Whether this is an "interactive" input source; if so, and + * if we're using stdio for input, then we want to use getc() + * instead of fread(), to make sure we stop fetching input after + * each newline. + */ + int NXlex__is_interactive; + + /* Whether we're considered to be at the beginning of a line. + * If so, '^' rules will be active on the next match, otherwise + * not. + */ + int NXlex__at_bol; + + /* Whether to try to fill the input buffer when we reach the + * end of it. + */ + int NXlex__fill_buffer; + + int NXlex__buffer_status; +#define YY_BUFFER_NEW 0 +#define YY_BUFFER_NORMAL 1 + /* When an EOF's been seen but there's still some text to process + * then we mark the buffer as YY_EOF_PENDING, to indicate that we + * shouldn't try reading from the input source any more. We might + * still have a bunch of tokens to match, though, because of + * possible backing-up. + * + * When we actually see the EOF, we change the status to "new" + * (via NXlex_restart()), so that the user can continue scanning by + * just pointing NXlex_in at a new input file. + */ +#define YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING 2 + }; + +static YY_BUFFER_STATE NXlex__current_buffer = 0; + +/* We provide macros for accessing buffer states in case in the + * future we want to put the buffer states in a more general + * "scanner state". + */ +#define YY_CURRENT_BUFFER NXlex__current_buffer + + +/* NXlex__hold_char holds the character lost when NXlex_text is formed. */ +static char NXlex__hold_char; + +static int NXlex__n_chars; /* number of characters read into NXlex__ch_buf */ + + +int NXlex_leng; + +/* Points to current character in buffer. */ +static char *NXlex__c_buf_p = (char *) 0; +static int NXlex__init = 1; /* whether we need to initialize */ +static int NXlex__start = 0; /* start state number */ + +/* Flag which is used to allow NXlex_wrap()'s to do buffer switches + * instead of setting up a fresh NXlex_in. A bit of a hack ... + */ +static int NXlex__did_buffer_switch_on_eof; + +void NXlex_restart YY_PROTO(( FILE *input_file )); + +void NXlex__switch_to_buffer YY_PROTO(( YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer )); +void NXlex__load_buffer_state YY_PROTO(( void )); +YY_BUFFER_STATE NXlex__create_buffer YY_PROTO(( FILE *file, int size )); +void NXlex__delete_buffer YY_PROTO(( YY_BUFFER_STATE b )); +void NXlex__init_buffer YY_PROTO(( YY_BUFFER_STATE b, FILE *file )); +void NXlex__flush_buffer YY_PROTO(( YY_BUFFER_STATE b )); +#define YY_FLUSH_BUFFER NXlex__flush_buffer( NXlex__current_buffer ) + +YY_BUFFER_STATE NXlex__scan_buffer YY_PROTO(( char *base, NXlex__size_t size )); +YY_BUFFER_STATE NXlex__scan_string YY_PROTO(( NXlex_const char *NXlex__str )); +YY_BUFFER_STATE NXlex__scan_bytes YY_PROTO(( NXlex_const char *bytes, int len )); + +static void *NXlex__flex_alloc YY_PROTO(( NXlex__size_t )); +static void *NXlex__flex_realloc YY_PROTO(( void *, NXlex__size_t )); +static void NXlex__flex_free YY_PROTO(( void * )); + +#define NXlex__new_buffer NXlex__create_buffer + +#define NXlex__set_interactive(is_interactive) \ + { \ + if ( ! NXlex__current_buffer ) \ + NXlex__current_buffer = NXlex__create_buffer( NXlex_in, YY_BUF_SIZE ); \ + NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__is_interactive = is_interactive; \ + } + +#define NXlex__set_bol(at_bol) \ + { \ + if ( ! NXlex__current_buffer ) \ + NXlex__current_buffer = NXlex__create_buffer( NXlex_in, YY_BUF_SIZE ); \ + NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__at_bol = at_bol; \ + } + +#define YY_AT_BOL() (NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__at_bol) + +typedef unsigned char YY_CHAR; +FILE *NXlex_in = (FILE *) 0, *NXlex_out = (FILE *) 0; +typedef int NXlex__state_type; +extern char *NXlex_text; +#define NXlex_text_ptr NXlex_text + +static NXlex__state_type NXlex__get_previous_state YY_PROTO(( void )); +static NXlex__state_type NXlex__try_NUL_trans YY_PROTO(( NXlex__state_type current_state )); +static int NXlex__get_next_buffer YY_PROTO(( void )); +static void NXlex__fatal_error YY_PROTO(( NXlex_const char msg[] )); + +/* Done after the current pattern has been matched and before the + * corresponding action - sets up NXlex_text. + */ +#define YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION \ + NXlex_text_ptr = NXlex__bp; \ + NXlex_leng = (int) (NXlex__cp - NXlex__bp); \ + NXlex__hold_char = *NXlex__cp; \ + *NXlex__cp = '\0'; \ + NXlex__c_buf_p = NXlex__cp; + +#define YY_NUM_RULES 17 +#define YY_END_OF_BUFFER 18 +static NXlex_const short int NXlex__accept[35] = + { 0, + 0, 0, 8, 8, 2, 2, 0, 0, 18, 17, + 11, 8, 9, 10, 11, 7, 6, 2, 4, 3, + 16, 13, 12, 17, 8, 1, 2, 3, 3, 5, + 16, 15, 14, 0 + } ; + +static NXlex_const int NXlex__ec[256] = + { 0, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 3, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 2, 1, 4, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 5, 1, 1, 1, 1, 6, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 7, 1, + 8, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 9, 1, 1, 1, 1, 10, 10, 1, 1, + + 1, 10, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 10, + 1, 1, 1, 10, 1, 10, 1, 10, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 + } ; + +static NXlex_const int NXlex__meta[11] = + { 0, + 1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 1, 1, 3, 1 + } ; + +static NXlex_const short int NXlex__base[42] = + { 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 11, 14, 21, 21, 64, + 64, 18, 64, 64, 14, 64, 64, 0, 64, 26, + 0, 64, 64, 5, 10, 64, 0, 28, 30, 64, + 0, 64, 64, 64, 36, 40, 44, 48, 51, 55, + 59 + } ; + +static NXlex_const short int NXlex__def[42] = + { 0, + 35, 35, 34, 3, 36, 36, 37, 37, 34, 34, + 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, 38, 34, 39, + 40, 34, 34, 41, 34, 34, 38, 39, 39, 34, + 40, 34, 34, 0, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, + 34 + } ; + +static NXlex_const short int NXlex__nxt[75] = + { 0, + 11, 12, 13, 14, 11, 15, 16, 17, 11, 11, + 19, 25, 20, 19, 33, 20, 22, 23, 26, 25, + 34, 34, 24, 22, 23, 34, 34, 34, 34, 24, + 29, 30, 34, 34, 29, 30, 10, 10, 10, 10, + 18, 18, 18, 18, 21, 21, 21, 21, 27, 34, + 27, 28, 34, 28, 28, 31, 34, 34, 31, 32, + 32, 32, 32, 9, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, + 34, 34, 34, 34 + } ; + +static NXlex_const short int NXlex__chk[75] = + { 0, + 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, + 5, 25, 5, 6, 24, 6, 7, 7, 15, 12, + 9, 0, 7, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, + 20, 20, 28, 28, 29, 29, 35, 35, 35, 35, + 36, 36, 36, 36, 37, 37, 37, 37, 38, 0, + 38, 39, 0, 39, 39, 40, 0, 0, 40, 41, + 41, 41, 41, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34, + 34, 34, 34, 34 + } ; + +static NXlex__state_type NXlex__last_accepting_state; +static char *NXlex__last_accepting_cpos; + +/* The intent behind this definition is that it'll catch + * any uses of REJECT which flex missed. + */ +#define REJECT reject_used_but_not_detected +#define NXlex_more() NXlex_more_used_but_not_detected +#define YY_MORE_ADJ 0 +#define YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET +char *NXlex_text; +#line 1 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +#define INITIAL 0 +/* Lex scanner for Objective C NeXT-compatible NXStringTable object + Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + Written by: Adam Fedor + + This file is part of the GNU Objective-C Collection library. + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this library; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +*/ +#line 24 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" + +#ifdef HAVE_FLEX +#define YY_DECL int NXtable_scan(FILE *NXscan_in, \ + FILE *NXscan_out, const char **buffer) +#endif +#define MAX_STRINGTABLE_LENGTH 1024 +#define KEY 1 +#define VALUE 2 + +#define NXlex_terminate() {got = 0; line = 1; return 0;} +#define return_err() {got = 0; line = 1; return -1;} +#define return_ok() {return 1;} + +#define parse 1 +#define comment 2 +#define token 3 + + +/* Macros after this point can all be overridden by user definitions in + * section 1. + */ + +#ifndef YY_SKIP_YYWRAP +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" int NXlex_wrap YY_PROTO(( void )); +#else +extern int NXlex_wrap YY_PROTO(( void )); +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef YY_NO_UNPUT +static void NXlex_unput YY_PROTO(( int c, char *buf_ptr )); +#endif + +#ifndef NXlex_text_ptr +static void NXlex__flex_strncpy YY_PROTO(( char *, NXlex_const char *, int )); +#endif + +#ifdef YY_NEED_STRLEN +static int NXlex__flex_strlen YY_PROTO(( NXlex_const char * )); +#endif + +#ifndef YY_NO_INPUT +#ifdef __cplusplus +static int NXlex_input YY_PROTO(( void )); +#else +static int input YY_PROTO(( void )); +#endif +#endif + +#if YY_STACK_USED +static int NXlex__start_stack_ptr = 0; +static int NXlex__start_stack_depth = 0; +static int *NXlex__start_stack = 0; +#ifndef YY_NO_PUSH_STATE +static void NXlex__push_state YY_PROTO(( int new_state )); +#endif +#ifndef YY_NO_POP_STATE +static void NXlex__pop_state YY_PROTO(( void )); +#endif +#ifndef YY_NO_TOP_STATE +static int NXlex__top_state YY_PROTO(( void )); +#endif + +#else +#define YY_NO_PUSH_STATE 1 +#define YY_NO_POP_STATE 1 +#define YY_NO_TOP_STATE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef YY_MALLOC_DECL +YY_MALLOC_DECL +#else +#if __STDC__ +#ifndef __cplusplus +#include +#endif +#else +/* Just try to get by without declaring the routines. This will fail + * miserably on non-ANSI systems for which sizeof(size_t) != sizeof(int) + * or sizeof(void*) != sizeof(int). + */ +#endif +#endif + +/* Amount of stuff to slurp up with each read. */ +#ifndef YY_READ_BUF_SIZE +#define YY_READ_BUF_SIZE 8192 +#endif + +/* Copy whatever the last rule matched to the standard output. */ + +#ifndef ECHO +/* This used to be an fputs(), but since the string might contain NUL's, + * we now use fwrite(). + */ +#define ECHO (void) fwrite( NXlex_text, NXlex_leng, 1, NXlex_out ) +#endif + +/* Gets input and stuffs it into "buf". number of characters read, or YY_NULL, + * is returned in "result". + */ +#ifndef YY_INPUT +#define YY_INPUT(buf,result,max_size) \ + if ( NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__is_interactive ) \ + { \ + int c = '*', n; \ + for ( n = 0; n < max_size && \ + (c = getc( NXlex_in )) != EOF && c != '\n'; ++n ) \ + buf[n] = (char) c; \ + if ( c == '\n' ) \ + buf[n++] = (char) c; \ + if ( c == EOF && ferror( NXlex_in ) ) \ + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "input in flex scanner failed" ); \ + result = n; \ + } \ + else if ( ((result = fread( buf, 1, max_size, NXlex_in )) == 0) \ + && ferror( NXlex_in ) ) \ + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "input in flex scanner failed" ); +#endif + +/* No semi-colon after return; correct usage is to write "NXlex_terminate();" - + * we don't want an extra ';' after the "return" because that will cause + * some compilers to complain about unreachable statements. + */ +#ifndef NXlex_terminate +#define NXlex_terminate() return YY_NULL +#endif + +/* Number of entries by which start-condition stack grows. */ +#ifndef YY_START_STACK_INCR +#define YY_START_STACK_INCR 25 +#endif + +/* Report a fatal error. */ +#ifndef YY_FATAL_ERROR +#define YY_FATAL_ERROR(msg) NXlex__fatal_error( msg ) +#endif + +/* Default declaration of generated scanner - a define so the user can + * easily add parameters. + */ +#ifndef YY_DECL +#define YY_DECL int NXlex_lex YY_PROTO(( void )) +#endif + +/* Code executed at the beginning of each rule, after NXlex_text and NXlex_leng + * have been set up. + */ +#ifndef YY_USER_ACTION +#define YY_USER_ACTION +#endif + +/* Code executed at the end of each rule. */ +#ifndef YY_BREAK +#define YY_BREAK break; +#endif + +#define YY_RULE_SETUP \ + YY_USER_ACTION + +YY_DECL + { + register NXlex__state_type NXlex__current_state; + register char *NXlex__cp, *NXlex__bp; + register int NXlex__act; + +#line 43 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" + + /* Lexical initialization - This gets executed before any analysis */ + char string_buf[MAX_STRINGTABLE_LENGTH]; + char *string_buf_ptr = NULL; + static int got; /* Holds the type of token we just got */ + static int line; + #ifndef HAVE_FLEX + extern FILE *NXscan_in; + extern FILE *NXscan_out; + extern char *NXscan_string; + #endif + if (NXlex_in != NXscan_in || line <= 1) { /* Reset */ + got = 0; + line= 1; + /* ifdef's can't start in column 1 in this part of the lex file */ + #ifdef FLEX_SCANNER + NXlex_restart(NXscan_in); + #else + /* FIXME: This is a horrible hack to get lex to reset itself at the + beggining of a new file. (And it still doesn't work right) */ + NXlex_sptr = NXlex_sbuf; + NXlex_in = NXscan_in; + #endif + } + NXlex_out = NXscan_out; + #ifdef HAVE_FLEX + *buffer = string_buf; + #else + NXscan_string = string_buf; + #endif + BEGIN(parse); + + + if ( NXlex__init ) + { + NXlex__init = 0; + +#ifdef YY_USER_INIT + YY_USER_INIT; +#endif + + if ( ! NXlex__start ) + NXlex__start = 1; /* first start state */ + + if ( ! NXlex_in ) + NXlex_in = stdin; + + if ( ! NXlex_out ) + NXlex_out = stdout; + + if ( ! NXlex__current_buffer ) + NXlex__current_buffer = + NXlex__create_buffer( NXlex_in, YY_BUF_SIZE ); + + NXlex__load_buffer_state(); + } + + while ( 1 ) /* loops until end-of-file is reached */ + { + NXlex__cp = NXlex__c_buf_p; + + /* Support of NXlex_text. */ + *NXlex__cp = NXlex__hold_char; + + /* NXlex__bp points to the position in NXlex__ch_buf of the start of + * the current run. + */ + NXlex__bp = NXlex__cp; + + NXlex__current_state = NXlex__start; +NXlex__match: + do + { + register YY_CHAR NXlex__c = NXlex__ec[YY_SC_TO_UI(*NXlex__cp)]; + if ( NXlex__accept[NXlex__current_state] ) + { + NXlex__last_accepting_state = NXlex__current_state; + NXlex__last_accepting_cpos = NXlex__cp; + } + while ( NXlex__chk[NXlex__base[NXlex__current_state] + NXlex__c] != NXlex__current_state ) + { + NXlex__current_state = (int) NXlex__def[NXlex__current_state]; + if ( NXlex__current_state >= 35 ) + NXlex__c = NXlex__meta[(unsigned int) NXlex__c]; + } + NXlex__current_state = NXlex__nxt[NXlex__base[NXlex__current_state] + (unsigned int) NXlex__c]; + ++NXlex__cp; + } + while ( NXlex__base[NXlex__current_state] != 64 ); + +NXlex__find_action: + NXlex__act = NXlex__accept[NXlex__current_state]; + if ( NXlex__act == 0 ) + { /* have to back up */ + NXlex__cp = NXlex__last_accepting_cpos; + NXlex__current_state = NXlex__last_accepting_state; + NXlex__act = NXlex__accept[NXlex__current_state]; + } + + YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION; + + +do_action: /* This label is used only to access EOF actions. */ + + + switch ( NXlex__act ) + { /* beginning of action switch */ + case 0: /* must back up */ + /* undo the effects of YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION */ + *NXlex__cp = NXlex__hold_char; + NXlex__cp = NXlex__last_accepting_cpos; + NXlex__current_state = NXlex__last_accepting_state; + goto NXlex__find_action; + +case 1: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 75 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +BEGIN(comment); + YY_BREAK +case 2: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 77 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +/* eat anything that's not a '*' */; + YY_BREAK +case 3: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 78 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +/* eat up '*'s not followed by '/'s */; + YY_BREAK +case 4: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 79 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +line++; + YY_BREAK +case 5: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 80 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +BEGIN(parse); + YY_BREAK +case YY_STATE_EOF(comment): +#line 81 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +{ + /* error - unterminated comment */ + fprintf(stderr, "ERROR (NXStringTable): Unterminated comment\n"); + return_err(); + } + YY_BREAK +case 6: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 87 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +{ + if (!got) { + fprintf(stderr, "\nERROR (NXStringTable): Improper use of = (Expected a key, line %d)\n", line); + return_err(); + } + if (got == VALUE) { + fprintf(stderr, "\nERROR (NXStringTable): Improper use of = (Expected a ;, line %d)\n", line); + return_err(); + } + } + YY_BREAK +case 7: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 98 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +{ + if (!got) { + fprintf(stderr, "\nERROR (NXStringTable): Improper use of ; (Expected a key, line %d)\n", line); + return_err(); + } + if (got == KEY) { + got = 0; + return_ok(); + } + got = 0; + } + YY_BREAK +case 8: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 110 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +/* Eat up white space between tokens */; + YY_BREAK +case 9: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 112 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +line++; + YY_BREAK +case 10: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 114 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +{string_buf_ptr = string_buf; BEGIN(token);} + YY_BREAK +case YY_STATE_EOF(parse): +#line 116 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +NXlex_terminate(); + YY_BREAK +case 11: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 118 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +{ + fprintf(stderr, "ERROR (NXStringTable): Extra characters in table (line %d)\n", line); + return_err(); + } + YY_BREAK +case 12: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 123 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +{ /* saw closing quote - all done */ + BEGIN(parse); + *string_buf_ptr = '\0'; + /* return string constant token type and + * value to parser + */ + got++; + if (got == KEY || got == VALUE) { + return_ok(); + } else { + fprintf(stderr, "ERROR (NXStringTable): Parse error, line %d \n", line); + return_err(); + } + } + YY_BREAK +case 13: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 138 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +{ + /* error - unterminated string constant */ + fprintf(stderr, "ERROR (NXStringTable): Unterminated string (line %d)\n", line); + return_err(); + } + YY_BREAK +case YY_STATE_EOF(token): +#line 144 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +{ + /* error - unterminated string constant */ + fprintf(stderr, "ERROR (NXStringTable): Unterminated string (line %d)\n", line); + return_err(); + } + YY_BREAK +case 14: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 150 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +{*string_buf_ptr++='\\';*string_buf_ptr++ = NXlex_text[1];} + YY_BREAK +case 15: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 152 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +*string_buf_ptr++ = NXlex_text[1]; + YY_BREAK +case 16: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 154 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +{ + char *text_ptr = NXlex_text; + if (!text_ptr) { + fprintf(stderr, "ERROR (NXStringTable): internal parse error\n"); + break; + } + while ( *text_ptr ) + *string_buf_ptr++ = *text_ptr++; + } + YY_BREAK +case 17: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 164 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" +ECHO; + YY_BREAK +case YY_STATE_EOF(INITIAL): + NXlex_terminate(); + + case YY_END_OF_BUFFER: + { + /* Amount of text matched not including the EOB char. */ + int NXlex__amount_of_matched_text = (int) (NXlex__cp - NXlex_text_ptr) - 1; + + /* Undo the effects of YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION. */ + *NXlex__cp = NXlex__hold_char; + YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET + + if ( NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__buffer_status == YY_BUFFER_NEW ) + { + /* We're scanning a new file or input source. It's + * possible that this happened because the user + * just pointed NXlex_in at a new source and called + * NXlex_lex(). If so, then we have to assure + * consistency between NXlex__current_buffer and our + * globals. Here is the right place to do so, because + * this is the first action (other than possibly a + * back-up) that will match for the new input source. + */ + NXlex__n_chars = NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__n_chars; + NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__input_file = NXlex_in; + NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NORMAL; + } + + /* Note that here we test for NXlex__c_buf_p "<=" to the position + * of the first EOB in the buffer, since NXlex__c_buf_p will + * already have been incremented past the NUL character + * (since all states make transitions on EOB to the + * end-of-buffer state). Contrast this with the test + * in input(). + */ + if ( NXlex__c_buf_p <= &NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__ch_buf[NXlex__n_chars] ) + { /* This was really a NUL. */ + NXlex__state_type NXlex__next_state; + + NXlex__c_buf_p = NXlex_text_ptr + NXlex__amount_of_matched_text; + + NXlex__current_state = NXlex__get_previous_state(); + + /* Okay, we're now positioned to make the NUL + * transition. We couldn't have + * NXlex__get_previous_state() go ahead and do it + * for us because it doesn't know how to deal + * with the possibility of jamming (and we don't + * want to build jamming into it because then it + * will run more slowly). + */ + + NXlex__next_state = NXlex__try_NUL_trans( NXlex__current_state ); + + NXlex__bp = NXlex_text_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; + + if ( NXlex__next_state ) + { + /* Consume the NUL. */ + NXlex__cp = ++NXlex__c_buf_p; + NXlex__current_state = NXlex__next_state; + goto NXlex__match; + } + + else + { + NXlex__cp = NXlex__c_buf_p; + goto NXlex__find_action; + } + } + + else switch ( NXlex__get_next_buffer() ) + { + case EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE: + { + NXlex__did_buffer_switch_on_eof = 0; + + if ( NXlex_wrap() ) + { + /* Note: because we've taken care in + * NXlex__get_next_buffer() to have set up + * NXlex_text, we can now set up + * NXlex__c_buf_p so that if some total + * hoser (like flex itself) wants to + * call the scanner after we return the + * YY_NULL, it'll still work - another + * YY_NULL will get returned. + */ + NXlex__c_buf_p = NXlex_text_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; + + NXlex__act = YY_STATE_EOF(YY_START); + goto do_action; + } + + else + { + if ( ! NXlex__did_buffer_switch_on_eof ) + YY_NEW_FILE; + } + break; + } + + case EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN: + NXlex__c_buf_p = + NXlex_text_ptr + NXlex__amount_of_matched_text; + + NXlex__current_state = NXlex__get_previous_state(); + + NXlex__cp = NXlex__c_buf_p; + NXlex__bp = NXlex_text_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; + goto NXlex__match; + + case EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH: + NXlex__c_buf_p = + &NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__ch_buf[NXlex__n_chars]; + + NXlex__current_state = NXlex__get_previous_state(); + + NXlex__cp = NXlex__c_buf_p; + NXlex__bp = NXlex_text_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; + goto NXlex__find_action; + } + break; + } + + default: + YY_FATAL_ERROR( + "fatal flex scanner internal error--no action found" ); + } /* end of action switch */ + } /* end of scanning one token */ + } /* end of NXlex_lex */ + + +/* NXlex__get_next_buffer - try to read in a new buffer + * + * Returns a code representing an action: + * EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH - + * EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN - continue scanning from current position + * EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE - end of file + */ + +static int NXlex__get_next_buffer() + { + register char *dest = NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__ch_buf; + register char *source = NXlex_text_ptr; + register int number_to_move, i; + int ret_val; + + if ( NXlex__c_buf_p > &NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__ch_buf[NXlex__n_chars + 1] ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( + "fatal flex scanner internal error--end of buffer missed" ); + + if ( NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__fill_buffer == 0 ) + { /* Don't try to fill the buffer, so this is an EOF. */ + if ( NXlex__c_buf_p - NXlex_text_ptr - YY_MORE_ADJ == 1 ) + { + /* We matched a single character, the EOB, so + * treat this as a final EOF. + */ + return EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE; + } + + else + { + /* We matched some text prior to the EOB, first + * process it. + */ + return EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH; + } + } + + /* Try to read more data. */ + + /* First move last chars to start of buffer. */ + number_to_move = (int) (NXlex__c_buf_p - NXlex_text_ptr) - 1; + + for ( i = 0; i < number_to_move; ++i ) + *(dest++) = *(source++); + + if ( NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__buffer_status == YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING ) + /* don't do the read, it's not guaranteed to return an EOF, + * just force an EOF + */ + NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__n_chars = NXlex__n_chars = 0; + + else + { + int num_to_read = + NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__buf_size - number_to_move - 1; + + while ( num_to_read <= 0 ) + { /* Not enough room in the buffer - grow it. */ +#ifdef YY_USES_REJECT + YY_FATAL_ERROR( +"input buffer overflow, can't enlarge buffer because scanner uses REJECT" ); +#else + + /* just a shorter name for the current buffer */ + YY_BUFFER_STATE b = NXlex__current_buffer; + + int NXlex__c_buf_p_offset = + (int) (NXlex__c_buf_p - b->NXlex__ch_buf); + + if ( b->NXlex__is_our_buffer ) + { + int new_size = b->NXlex__buf_size * 2; + + if ( new_size <= 0 ) + b->NXlex__buf_size += b->NXlex__buf_size / 8; + else + b->NXlex__buf_size *= 2; + + b->NXlex__ch_buf = (char *) + /* Include room in for 2 EOB chars. */ + NXlex__flex_realloc( (void *) b->NXlex__ch_buf, + b->NXlex__buf_size + 2 ); + } + else + /* Can't grow it, we don't own it. */ + b->NXlex__ch_buf = 0; + + if ( ! b->NXlex__ch_buf ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( + "fatal error - scanner input buffer overflow" ); + + NXlex__c_buf_p = &b->NXlex__ch_buf[NXlex__c_buf_p_offset]; + + num_to_read = NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__buf_size - + number_to_move - 1; +#endif + } + + if ( num_to_read > YY_READ_BUF_SIZE ) + num_to_read = YY_READ_BUF_SIZE; + + /* Read in more data. */ + YY_INPUT( (&NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__ch_buf[number_to_move]), + NXlex__n_chars, num_to_read ); + + NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__n_chars = NXlex__n_chars; + } + + if ( NXlex__n_chars == 0 ) + { + if ( number_to_move == YY_MORE_ADJ ) + { + ret_val = EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE; + NXlex_restart( NXlex_in ); + } + + else + { + ret_val = EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH; + NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__buffer_status = + YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING; + } + } + + else + ret_val = EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN; + + NXlex__n_chars += number_to_move; + NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__ch_buf[NXlex__n_chars] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__ch_buf[NXlex__n_chars + 1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + + NXlex_text_ptr = &NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__ch_buf[0]; + + return ret_val; + } + + +/* NXlex__get_previous_state - get the state just before the EOB char was reached */ + +static NXlex__state_type NXlex__get_previous_state() + { + register NXlex__state_type NXlex__current_state; + register char *NXlex__cp; + + NXlex__current_state = NXlex__start; + + for ( NXlex__cp = NXlex_text_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; NXlex__cp < NXlex__c_buf_p; ++NXlex__cp ) + { + register YY_CHAR NXlex__c = (*NXlex__cp ? NXlex__ec[YY_SC_TO_UI(*NXlex__cp)] : 1); + if ( NXlex__accept[NXlex__current_state] ) + { + NXlex__last_accepting_state = NXlex__current_state; + NXlex__last_accepting_cpos = NXlex__cp; + } + while ( NXlex__chk[NXlex__base[NXlex__current_state] + NXlex__c] != NXlex__current_state ) + { + NXlex__current_state = (int) NXlex__def[NXlex__current_state]; + if ( NXlex__current_state >= 35 ) + NXlex__c = NXlex__meta[(unsigned int) NXlex__c]; + } + NXlex__current_state = NXlex__nxt[NXlex__base[NXlex__current_state] + (unsigned int) NXlex__c]; + } + + return NXlex__current_state; + } + + +/* NXlex__try_NUL_trans - try to make a transition on the NUL character + * + * synopsis + * next_state = NXlex__try_NUL_trans( current_state ); + */ + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static NXlex__state_type NXlex__try_NUL_trans( NXlex__state_type NXlex__current_state ) +#else +static NXlex__state_type NXlex__try_NUL_trans( NXlex__current_state ) +NXlex__state_type NXlex__current_state; +#endif + { + register int NXlex__is_jam; + register char *NXlex__cp = NXlex__c_buf_p; + + register YY_CHAR NXlex__c = 1; + if ( NXlex__accept[NXlex__current_state] ) + { + NXlex__last_accepting_state = NXlex__current_state; + NXlex__last_accepting_cpos = NXlex__cp; + } + while ( NXlex__chk[NXlex__base[NXlex__current_state] + NXlex__c] != NXlex__current_state ) + { + NXlex__current_state = (int) NXlex__def[NXlex__current_state]; + if ( NXlex__current_state >= 35 ) + NXlex__c = NXlex__meta[(unsigned int) NXlex__c]; + } + NXlex__current_state = NXlex__nxt[NXlex__base[NXlex__current_state] + (unsigned int) NXlex__c]; + NXlex__is_jam = (NXlex__current_state == 34); + + return NXlex__is_jam ? 0 : NXlex__current_state; + } + + +#ifndef YY_NO_UNPUT +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void NXlex_unput( int c, register char *NXlex__bp ) +#else +static void NXlex_unput( c, NXlex__bp ) +int c; +register char *NXlex__bp; +#endif + { + register char *NXlex__cp = NXlex__c_buf_p; + + /* undo effects of setting up NXlex_text */ + *NXlex__cp = NXlex__hold_char; + + if ( NXlex__cp < NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__ch_buf + 2 ) + { /* need to shift things up to make room */ + /* +2 for EOB chars. */ + register int number_to_move = NXlex__n_chars + 2; + register char *dest = &NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__ch_buf[ + NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__buf_size + 2]; + register char *source = + &NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__ch_buf[number_to_move]; + + while ( source > NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__ch_buf ) + *--dest = *--source; + + NXlex__cp += (int) (dest - source); + NXlex__bp += (int) (dest - source); + NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__n_chars = + NXlex__n_chars = NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__buf_size; + + if ( NXlex__cp < NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__ch_buf + 2 ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "flex scanner push-back overflow" ); + } + + *--NXlex__cp = (char) c; + + + NXlex_text_ptr = NXlex__bp; + NXlex__hold_char = *NXlex__cp; + NXlex__c_buf_p = NXlex__cp; + } +#endif /* ifndef YY_NO_UNPUT */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +static int NXlex_input() +#else +static int input() +#endif + { + int c; + + *NXlex__c_buf_p = NXlex__hold_char; + + if ( *NXlex__c_buf_p == YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR ) + { + /* NXlex__c_buf_p now points to the character we want to return. + * If this occurs *before* the EOB characters, then it's a + * valid NUL; if not, then we've hit the end of the buffer. + */ + if ( NXlex__c_buf_p < &NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__ch_buf[NXlex__n_chars] ) + /* This was really a NUL. */ + *NXlex__c_buf_p = '\0'; + + else + { /* need more input */ + int offset = NXlex__c_buf_p - NXlex_text_ptr; + ++NXlex__c_buf_p; + + switch ( NXlex__get_next_buffer() ) + { + case EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH: + /* This happens because NXlex__g_n_b() + * sees that we've accumulated a + * token and flags that we need to + * try matching the token before + * proceeding. But for input(), + * there's no matching to consider. + * So convert the EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH + * to EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE. + */ + + /* Reset buffer status. */ + NXlex_restart( NXlex_in ); + + /* fall through */ + + case EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE: + { + if ( NXlex_wrap() ) + return EOF; + + if ( ! NXlex__did_buffer_switch_on_eof ) + YY_NEW_FILE; +#ifdef __cplusplus + return NXlex_input(); +#else + return input(); +#endif + } + + case EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN: + NXlex__c_buf_p = NXlex_text_ptr + offset; + break; + } + } + } + + c = *(unsigned char *) NXlex__c_buf_p; /* cast for 8-bit char's */ + *NXlex__c_buf_p = '\0'; /* preserve NXlex_text */ + NXlex__hold_char = *++NXlex__c_buf_p; + + + return c; + } + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +void NXlex_restart( FILE *input_file ) +#else +void NXlex_restart( input_file ) +FILE *input_file; +#endif + { + if ( ! NXlex__current_buffer ) + NXlex__current_buffer = NXlex__create_buffer( NXlex_in, YY_BUF_SIZE ); + + NXlex__init_buffer( NXlex__current_buffer, input_file ); + NXlex__load_buffer_state(); + } + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +void NXlex__switch_to_buffer( YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer ) +#else +void NXlex__switch_to_buffer( new_buffer ) +YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer; +#endif + { + if ( NXlex__current_buffer == new_buffer ) + return; + + if ( NXlex__current_buffer ) + { + /* Flush out information for old buffer. */ + *NXlex__c_buf_p = NXlex__hold_char; + NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__buf_pos = NXlex__c_buf_p; + NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__n_chars = NXlex__n_chars; + } + + NXlex__current_buffer = new_buffer; + NXlex__load_buffer_state(); + + /* We don't actually know whether we did this switch during + * EOF (NXlex_wrap()) processing, but the only time this flag + * is looked at is after NXlex_wrap() is called, so it's safe + * to go ahead and always set it. + */ + NXlex__did_buffer_switch_on_eof = 1; + } + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +void NXlex__load_buffer_state( void ) +#else +void NXlex__load_buffer_state() +#endif + { + NXlex__n_chars = NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__n_chars; + NXlex_text_ptr = NXlex__c_buf_p = NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__buf_pos; + NXlex_in = NXlex__current_buffer->NXlex__input_file; + NXlex__hold_char = *NXlex__c_buf_p; + } + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +YY_BUFFER_STATE NXlex__create_buffer( FILE *file, int size ) +#else +YY_BUFFER_STATE NXlex__create_buffer( file, size ) +FILE *file; +int size; +#endif + { + YY_BUFFER_STATE b; + + b = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) NXlex__flex_alloc( sizeof( struct NXlex__buffer_state ) ); + if ( ! b ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in NXlex__create_buffer()" ); + + b->NXlex__buf_size = size; + + /* NXlex__ch_buf has to be 2 characters longer than the size given because + * we need to put in 2 end-of-buffer characters. + */ + b->NXlex__ch_buf = (char *) NXlex__flex_alloc( b->NXlex__buf_size + 2 ); + if ( ! b->NXlex__ch_buf ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in NXlex__create_buffer()" ); + + b->NXlex__is_our_buffer = 1; + + NXlex__init_buffer( b, file ); + + return b; + } + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +void NXlex__delete_buffer( YY_BUFFER_STATE b ) +#else +void NXlex__delete_buffer( b ) +YY_BUFFER_STATE b; +#endif + { + if ( ! b ) + return; + + if ( b == NXlex__current_buffer ) + NXlex__current_buffer = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) 0; + + if ( b->NXlex__is_our_buffer ) + NXlex__flex_free( (void *) b->NXlex__ch_buf ); + + NXlex__flex_free( (void *) b ); + } + + +#ifndef YY_ALWAYS_INTERACTIVE +#ifndef YY_NEVER_INTERACTIVE +extern int isatty YY_PROTO(( int )); +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +void NXlex__init_buffer( YY_BUFFER_STATE b, FILE *file ) +#else +void NXlex__init_buffer( b, file ) +YY_BUFFER_STATE b; +FILE *file; +#endif + + + { + NXlex__flush_buffer( b ); + + b->NXlex__input_file = file; + b->NXlex__fill_buffer = 1; + +#if YY_ALWAYS_INTERACTIVE + b->NXlex__is_interactive = 1; +#else +#if YY_NEVER_INTERACTIVE + b->NXlex__is_interactive = 0; +#else + b->NXlex__is_interactive = file ? (isatty( fileno(file) ) > 0) : 0; +#endif +#endif + } + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +void NXlex__flush_buffer( YY_BUFFER_STATE b ) +#else +void NXlex__flush_buffer( b ) +YY_BUFFER_STATE b; +#endif + + { + if ( ! b ) + return; + + b->NXlex__n_chars = 0; + + /* We always need two end-of-buffer characters. The first causes + * a transition to the end-of-buffer state. The second causes + * a jam in that state. + */ + b->NXlex__ch_buf[0] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + b->NXlex__ch_buf[1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + + b->NXlex__buf_pos = &b->NXlex__ch_buf[0]; + + b->NXlex__at_bol = 1; + b->NXlex__buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NEW; + + if ( b == NXlex__current_buffer ) + NXlex__load_buffer_state(); + } + + +#ifndef YY_NO_SCAN_BUFFER +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +YY_BUFFER_STATE NXlex__scan_buffer( char *base, NXlex__size_t size ) +#else +YY_BUFFER_STATE NXlex__scan_buffer( base, size ) +char *base; +NXlex__size_t size; +#endif + { + YY_BUFFER_STATE b; + + if ( size < 2 || + base[size-2] != YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR || + base[size-1] != YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR ) + /* They forgot to leave room for the EOB's. */ + return 0; + + b = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) NXlex__flex_alloc( sizeof( struct NXlex__buffer_state ) ); + if ( ! b ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in NXlex__scan_buffer()" ); + + b->NXlex__buf_size = size - 2; /* "- 2" to take care of EOB's */ + b->NXlex__buf_pos = b->NXlex__ch_buf = base; + b->NXlex__is_our_buffer = 0; + b->NXlex__input_file = 0; + b->NXlex__n_chars = b->NXlex__buf_size; + b->NXlex__is_interactive = 0; + b->NXlex__at_bol = 1; + b->NXlex__fill_buffer = 0; + b->NXlex__buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NEW; + + NXlex__switch_to_buffer( b ); + + return b; + } +#endif + + +#ifndef YY_NO_SCAN_STRING +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +YY_BUFFER_STATE NXlex__scan_string( NXlex_const char *NXlex__str ) +#else +YY_BUFFER_STATE NXlex__scan_string( NXlex__str ) +NXlex_const char *NXlex__str; +#endif + { + int len; + for ( len = 0; NXlex__str[len]; ++len ) + ; + + return NXlex__scan_bytes( NXlex__str, len ); + } +#endif + + +#ifndef YY_NO_SCAN_BYTES +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +YY_BUFFER_STATE NXlex__scan_bytes( NXlex_const char *bytes, int len ) +#else +YY_BUFFER_STATE NXlex__scan_bytes( bytes, len ) +NXlex_const char *bytes; +int len; +#endif + { + YY_BUFFER_STATE b; + char *buf; + NXlex__size_t n; + int i; + + /* Get memory for full buffer, including space for trailing EOB's. */ + n = len + 2; + buf = (char *) NXlex__flex_alloc( n ); + if ( ! buf ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in NXlex__scan_bytes()" ); + + for ( i = 0; i < len; ++i ) + buf[i] = bytes[i]; + + buf[len] = buf[len+1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + + b = NXlex__scan_buffer( buf, n ); + if ( ! b ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "bad buffer in NXlex__scan_bytes()" ); + + /* It's okay to grow etc. this buffer, and we should throw it + * away when we're done. + */ + b->NXlex__is_our_buffer = 1; + + return b; + } +#endif + + +#ifndef YY_NO_PUSH_STATE +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void NXlex__push_state( int new_state ) +#else +static void NXlex__push_state( new_state ) +int new_state; +#endif + { + if ( NXlex__start_stack_ptr >= NXlex__start_stack_depth ) + { + NXlex__size_t new_size; + + NXlex__start_stack_depth += YY_START_STACK_INCR; + new_size = NXlex__start_stack_depth * sizeof( int ); + + if ( ! NXlex__start_stack ) + NXlex__start_stack = (int *) NXlex__flex_alloc( new_size ); + + else + NXlex__start_stack = (int *) NXlex__flex_realloc( + (void *) NXlex__start_stack, new_size ); + + if ( ! NXlex__start_stack ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( + "out of memory expanding start-condition stack" ); + } + + NXlex__start_stack[NXlex__start_stack_ptr++] = YY_START; + + BEGIN(new_state); + } +#endif + + +#ifndef YY_NO_POP_STATE +static void NXlex__pop_state() + { + if ( --NXlex__start_stack_ptr < 0 ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "start-condition stack underflow" ); + + BEGIN(NXlex__start_stack[NXlex__start_stack_ptr]); + } +#endif + + +#ifndef YY_NO_TOP_STATE +static int NXlex__top_state() + { + return NXlex__start_stack[NXlex__start_stack_ptr - 1]; + } +#endif + +#ifndef YY_EXIT_FAILURE +#define YY_EXIT_FAILURE 2 +#endif + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void NXlex__fatal_error( NXlex_const char msg[] ) +#else +static void NXlex__fatal_error( msg ) +char msg[]; +#endif + { + (void) fprintf( stderr, "%s\n", msg ); + exit( YY_EXIT_FAILURE ); + } + + + +/* Redefine NXlex_less() so it works in section 3 code. */ + +#undef NXlex_less +#define NXlex_less(n) \ + do \ + { \ + /* Undo effects of setting up NXlex_text. */ \ + NXlex_text[NXlex_leng] = NXlex__hold_char; \ + NXlex__c_buf_p = NXlex_text + n; \ + NXlex__hold_char = *NXlex__c_buf_p; \ + *NXlex__c_buf_p = '\0'; \ + NXlex_leng = n; \ + } \ + while ( 0 ) + + +/* Internal utility routines. */ + +#ifndef NXlex_text_ptr +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void NXlex__flex_strncpy( char *s1, NXlex_const char *s2, int n ) +#else +static void NXlex__flex_strncpy( s1, s2, n ) +char *s1; +NXlex_const char *s2; +int n; +#endif + { + register int i; + for ( i = 0; i < n; ++i ) + s1[i] = s2[i]; + } +#endif + +#ifdef YY_NEED_STRLEN +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static int NXlex__flex_strlen( NXlex_const char *s ) +#else +static int NXlex__flex_strlen( s ) +NXlex_const char *s; +#endif + { + register int n; + for ( n = 0; s[n]; ++n ) + ; + + return n; + } +#endif + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void *NXlex__flex_alloc( NXlex__size_t size ) +#else +static void *NXlex__flex_alloc( size ) +NXlex__size_t size; +#endif + { + return (void *) malloc( size ); + } + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void *NXlex__flex_realloc( void *ptr, NXlex__size_t size ) +#else +static void *NXlex__flex_realloc( ptr, size ) +void *ptr; +NXlex__size_t size; +#endif + { + /* The cast to (char *) in the following accommodates both + * implementations that use char* generic pointers, and those + * that use void* generic pointers. It works with the latter + * because both ANSI C and C++ allow castless assignment from + * any pointer type to void*, and deal with argument conversions + * as though doing an assignment. + */ + return (void *) realloc( (char *) ptr, size ); + } + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void NXlex__flex_free( void *ptr ) +#else +static void NXlex__flex_free( ptr ) +void *ptr; +#endif + { + free( ptr ); + } + +#if YY_MAIN +int main() + { + NXlex_lex(); + return 0; + } +#endif +#line 164 "./NXStringTable_scan.l" + + +int +NXlex_wrap() +{ + return 1; +} + +#ifdef NEED_MAIN +#ifndef HAVE_FLEX + FILE *NXscan_in; + FILE *NXscan_out; + char *NXscan_string; +#endif +int +main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + FILE *input; + const char *str; + int ok, value = 0; + + if (argc > 1) { + if ((input = fopen(argv[1], "r")) == NULL) { + fprintf(stderr, "Error: Couldn't open %s\n", argv[1]); + exit (1); + } + } else + exit(1); + +#ifdef HAVE_FLEX + ok = NXtable_scan( input, stdout, &str); +#else + NXscan_in = input; + NXscan_out = stdout; + ok = NXlex_lex(); + str = NXscan_string; +#endif + while (ok > 0) { + if (value) + printf("Value: %s\n", str); + else + printf("Key: %s\n", str); + value = ~value; +#ifdef HAVE_FLEX + ok = NXtable_scan( input, stdout, &str); +#else + ok = NXlex_lex(); +#endif + } + + return 0; +} +#endif diff --git a/Source/lex.pl.m b/Source/lex.pl.m new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ddef6f58c --- /dev/null +++ b/Source/lex.pl.m @@ -0,0 +1,1743 @@ +#define yy_create_buffer pl_create_buffer +#define yy_delete_buffer pl_delete_buffer +#define yy_scan_buffer pl_scan_buffer +#define yy_scan_string pl_scan_string +#define yy_scan_bytes pl_scan_bytes +#define yy_flex_debug pl_flex_debug +#define yy_init_buffer pl_init_buffer +#define yy_flush_buffer pl_flush_buffer +#define yy_load_buffer_state pl_load_buffer_state +#define yy_switch_to_buffer pl_switch_to_buffer +#define yyin plin +#define yyleng plleng +#define yylex pllex +#define yyout plout +#define yyrestart plrestart +#define yytext pltext +#define yywrap plwrap + +/* A lexical scanner generated by flex */ + +/* Scanner skeleton version: + * $Header$ + */ + +#define FLEX_SCANNER +#define YY_FLEX_MAJOR_VERSION 2 +#define YY_FLEX_MINOR_VERSION 5 + +#include + + +/* cfront 1.2 defines "c_plusplus" instead of "__cplusplus" */ +#ifdef c_plusplus +#ifndef __cplusplus +#define __cplusplus +#endif +#endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus + +#include +#include + +/* Use prototypes in function declarations. */ +#define YY_USE_PROTOS + +/* The "const" storage-class-modifier is valid. */ +#define YY_USE_CONST + +#else /* ! __cplusplus */ + +#if __STDC__ + +#define YY_USE_PROTOS +#define YY_USE_CONST + +#endif /* __STDC__ */ +#endif /* ! __cplusplus */ + +#ifdef __TURBOC__ + #pragma warn -rch + #pragma warn -use +#include +#include +#define YY_USE_CONST +#define YY_USE_PROTOS +#endif + +#ifdef YY_USE_CONST +#define yyconst const +#else +#define yyconst +#endif + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +#define YY_PROTO(proto) proto +#else +#define YY_PROTO(proto) () +#endif + +/* Returned upon end-of-file. */ +#define YY_NULL 0 + +/* Promotes a possibly negative, possibly signed char to an unsigned + * integer for use as an array index. If the signed char is negative, + * we want to instead treat it as an 8-bit unsigned char, hence the + * double cast. + */ +#define YY_SC_TO_UI(c) ((unsigned int) (unsigned char) c) + +/* Enter a start condition. This macro really ought to take a parameter, + * but we do it the disgusting crufty way forced on us by the ()-less + * definition of BEGIN. + */ +#define BEGIN yy_start = 1 + 2 * + +/* Translate the current start state into a value that can be later handed + * to BEGIN to return to the state. The YYSTATE alias is for lex + * compatibility. + */ +#define YY_START ((yy_start - 1) / 2) +#define YYSTATE YY_START + +/* Action number for EOF rule of a given start state. */ +#define YY_STATE_EOF(state) (YY_END_OF_BUFFER + state + 1) + +/* Special action meaning "start processing a new file". */ +#define YY_NEW_FILE yyrestart( yyin ) + +#define YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR 0 + +/* Size of default input buffer. */ +#define YY_BUF_SIZE 16384 + +typedef struct yy_buffer_state *YY_BUFFER_STATE; + +extern int yyleng; +extern FILE *yyin, *yyout; + +#define EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN 0 +#define EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE 1 +#define EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH 2 + +/* The funky do-while in the following #define is used to turn the definition + * int a single C statement (which needs a semi-colon terminator). This + * avoids problems with code like: + * + * if ( condition_holds ) + * yyless( 5 ); + * else + * do_something_else(); + * + * Prior to using the do-while the compiler would get upset at the + * "else" because it interpreted the "if" statement as being all + * done when it reached the ';' after the yyless() call. + */ + +/* Return all but the first 'n' matched characters back to the input stream. */ + +#define yyless(n) \ + do \ + { \ + /* Undo effects of setting up yytext. */ \ + *yy_cp = yy_hold_char; \ + YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET \ + yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp = yy_bp + n - YY_MORE_ADJ; \ + YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION; /* set up yytext again */ \ + } \ + while ( 0 ) + +#define unput(c) yyunput( c, yytext_ptr ) + +/* The following is because we cannot portably get our hands on size_t + * (without autoconf's help, which isn't available because we want + * flex-generated scanners to compile on their own). + */ +typedef unsigned int yy_size_t; + + +struct yy_buffer_state + { + FILE *yy_input_file; + + char *yy_ch_buf; /* input buffer */ + char *yy_buf_pos; /* current position in input buffer */ + + /* Size of input buffer in bytes, not including room for EOB + * characters. + */ + yy_size_t yy_buf_size; + + /* Number of characters read into yy_ch_buf, not including EOB + * characters. + */ + int yy_n_chars; + + /* Whether we "own" the buffer - i.e., we know we created it, + * and can realloc() it to grow it, and should free() it to + * delete it. + */ + int yy_is_our_buffer; + + /* Whether this is an "interactive" input source; if so, and + * if we're using stdio for input, then we want to use getc() + * instead of fread(), to make sure we stop fetching input after + * each newline. + */ + int yy_is_interactive; + + /* Whether we're considered to be at the beginning of a line. + * If so, '^' rules will be active on the next match, otherwise + * not. + */ + int yy_at_bol; + + /* Whether to try to fill the input buffer when we reach the + * end of it. + */ + int yy_fill_buffer; + + int yy_buffer_status; +#define YY_BUFFER_NEW 0 +#define YY_BUFFER_NORMAL 1 + /* When an EOF's been seen but there's still some text to process + * then we mark the buffer as YY_EOF_PENDING, to indicate that we + * shouldn't try reading from the input source any more. We might + * still have a bunch of tokens to match, though, because of + * possible backing-up. + * + * When we actually see the EOF, we change the status to "new" + * (via yyrestart()), so that the user can continue scanning by + * just pointing yyin at a new input file. + */ +#define YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING 2 + }; + +static YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_current_buffer = 0; + +/* We provide macros for accessing buffer states in case in the + * future we want to put the buffer states in a more general + * "scanner state". + */ +#define YY_CURRENT_BUFFER yy_current_buffer + + +/* yy_hold_char holds the character lost when yytext is formed. */ +static char yy_hold_char; + +static int yy_n_chars; /* number of characters read into yy_ch_buf */ + + +int yyleng; + +/* Points to current character in buffer. */ +static char *yy_c_buf_p = (char *) 0; +static int yy_init = 1; /* whether we need to initialize */ +static int yy_start = 0; /* start state number */ + +/* Flag which is used to allow yywrap()'s to do buffer switches + * instead of setting up a fresh yyin. A bit of a hack ... + */ +static int yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof; + +void yyrestart YY_PROTO(( FILE *input_file )); + +void yy_switch_to_buffer YY_PROTO(( YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer )); +void yy_load_buffer_state YY_PROTO(( void )); +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_create_buffer YY_PROTO(( FILE *file, int size )); +void yy_delete_buffer YY_PROTO(( YY_BUFFER_STATE b )); +void yy_init_buffer YY_PROTO(( YY_BUFFER_STATE b, FILE *file )); +void yy_flush_buffer YY_PROTO(( YY_BUFFER_STATE b )); +#define YY_FLUSH_BUFFER yy_flush_buffer( yy_current_buffer ) + +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_buffer YY_PROTO(( char *base, yy_size_t size )); +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_string YY_PROTO(( yyconst char *yy_str )); +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_bytes YY_PROTO(( yyconst char *bytes, int len )); + +static void *yy_flex_alloc YY_PROTO(( yy_size_t )); +static void *yy_flex_realloc YY_PROTO(( void *, yy_size_t )); +static void yy_flex_free YY_PROTO(( void * )); + +#define yy_new_buffer yy_create_buffer + +#define yy_set_interactive(is_interactive) \ + { \ + if ( ! yy_current_buffer ) \ + yy_current_buffer = yy_create_buffer( yyin, YY_BUF_SIZE ); \ + yy_current_buffer->yy_is_interactive = is_interactive; \ + } + +#define yy_set_bol(at_bol) \ + { \ + if ( ! yy_current_buffer ) \ + yy_current_buffer = yy_create_buffer( yyin, YY_BUF_SIZE ); \ + yy_current_buffer->yy_at_bol = at_bol; \ + } + +#define YY_AT_BOL() (yy_current_buffer->yy_at_bol) + +typedef unsigned char YY_CHAR; +FILE *yyin = (FILE *) 0, *yyout = (FILE *) 0; +typedef int yy_state_type; +extern char *yytext; +#define yytext_ptr yytext + +static yy_state_type yy_get_previous_state YY_PROTO(( void )); +static yy_state_type yy_try_NUL_trans YY_PROTO(( yy_state_type current_state )); +static int yy_get_next_buffer YY_PROTO(( void )); +static void yy_fatal_error YY_PROTO(( yyconst char msg[] )); + +/* Done after the current pattern has been matched and before the + * corresponding action - sets up yytext. + */ +#define YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION \ + yytext_ptr = yy_bp; \ + yytext_ptr -= yy_more_len; \ + yyleng = (int) (yy_cp - yytext_ptr); \ + yy_hold_char = *yy_cp; \ + *yy_cp = '\0'; \ + yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp; + +#define YY_NUM_RULES 13 +#define YY_END_OF_BUFFER 14 +static yyconst short int yy_accept[54] = + { 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 14, 12, + 11, 11, 10, 8, 8, 12, 13, 3, 5, 13, + 5, 7, 6, 11, 8, 1, 2, 0, 0, 9, + 0, 3, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0 + } ; + +static yyconst int yy_ec[256] = + { 0, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 3, + 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 2, 1, 4, 1, 5, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 6, 1, 1, 1, 5, 7, 8, 8, 8, + 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 1, 1, 9, + 1, 10, 1, 1, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, + 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, + 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 5, 1, 8, 8, 8, 8, + + 8, 8, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, + 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, + 5, 5, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 + } ; + +static yyconst int yy_meta[11] = + { 0, + 1, 2, 2, 1, 3, 1, 3, 3, 1, 1 + } ; + +static yyconst short int yy_base[60] = + { 0, + 0, 0, 62, 61, 8, 12, 61, 60, 62, 67, + 0, 0, 67, 0, 13, 19, 57, 67, 67, 67, + 53, 67, 67, 0, 0, 67, 0, 0, 38, 67, + 40, 67, 67, 28, 35, 34, 33, 29, 27, 26, + 25, 24, 20, 18, 17, 37, 0, 16, 15, 9, + 8, 0, 67, 47, 50, 53, 11, 9, 56 + } ; + +static yyconst short int yy_def[60] = + { 0, + 53, 1, 54, 54, 55, 55, 56, 56, 53, 53, + 57, 57, 53, 58, 58, 53, 59, 53, 53, 53, + 53, 53, 53, 57, 58, 53, 58, 16, 53, 53, + 59, 53, 53, 53, 34, 53, 53, 34, 34, 53, + 53, 34, 34, 53, 53, 53, 43, 46, 53, 43, + 53, 38, 0, 53, 53, 53, 53, 53, 53 + } ; + +static yyconst short int yy_nxt[78] = + { 0, + 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 10, 15, 14, 16, 10, + 20, 25, 24, 21, 20, 52, 51, 21, 26, 27, + 28, 28, 50, 29, 47, 46, 29, 45, 30, 35, + 35, 44, 43, 42, 41, 36, 40, 30, 48, 48, + 39, 38, 37, 32, 49, 34, 30, 17, 17, 17, + 19, 19, 19, 22, 22, 22, 31, 31, 31, 33, + 32, 53, 23, 23, 18, 18, 9, 53, 53, 53, + 53, 53, 53, 53, 53, 53, 53 + } ; + +static yyconst short int yy_chk[78] = + { 0, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 5, 58, 57, 5, 6, 51, 50, 6, 15, 15, + 16, 16, 49, 48, 45, 44, 16, 43, 16, 34, + 34, 42, 41, 40, 39, 34, 38, 34, 46, 46, + 37, 36, 35, 31, 46, 29, 46, 54, 54, 54, + 55, 55, 55, 56, 56, 56, 59, 59, 59, 21, + 17, 9, 8, 7, 4, 3, 53, 53, 53, 53, + 53, 53, 53, 53, 53, 53, 53 + } ; + +static yy_state_type yy_last_accepting_state; +static char *yy_last_accepting_cpos; + +/* The intent behind this definition is that it'll catch + * any uses of REJECT which flex missed. + */ +#define REJECT reject_used_but_not_detected +static int yy_more_flag = 0; +static int yy_more_len = 0; +#define yymore() (yy_more_flag = 1) +#define YY_MORE_ADJ yy_more_len +#define YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET +char *yytext; +#line 1 "proplist.l" +#define INITIAL 0 +/* proplist.l - for parsing NSString property lists -*- c -*- */ +/* definition section */ +/* literal block */ +#line 7 "proplist.l" +#include +#include +#include +#include "proplist.tab.h" + +#ifdef plwrap +#undef plwrap +#endif + +int plwrap(void) { + return 1; +} + +NSString * unescstr(char * src); +NSData * str2data(char * str); + +extern char plinput[]; +extern char *plinputptr; +extern char *plinputlim; + +static int level; +/* pattern definitions */ +/* exclusive states */ +#define QUOTE 1 +#define COMMENT 2 +#define LINE_COMMENT 3 + +/* rules section */ + +/* Macros after this point can all be overridden by user definitions in + * section 1. + */ + +#ifndef YY_SKIP_YYWRAP +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" int yywrap YY_PROTO(( void )); +#else +extern int yywrap YY_PROTO(( void )); +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef YY_NO_UNPUT +static void yyunput YY_PROTO(( int c, char *buf_ptr )); +#endif + +#ifndef yytext_ptr +static void yy_flex_strncpy YY_PROTO(( char *, yyconst char *, int )); +#endif + +#ifdef YY_NEED_STRLEN +static int yy_flex_strlen YY_PROTO(( yyconst char * )); +#endif + +#ifndef YY_NO_INPUT +#ifdef __cplusplus +static int yyinput YY_PROTO(( void )); +#else +static int input YY_PROTO(( void )); +#endif +#endif + +#if YY_STACK_USED +static int yy_start_stack_ptr = 0; +static int yy_start_stack_depth = 0; +static int *yy_start_stack = 0; +#ifndef YY_NO_PUSH_STATE +static void yy_push_state YY_PROTO(( int new_state )); +#endif +#ifndef YY_NO_POP_STATE +static void yy_pop_state YY_PROTO(( void )); +#endif +#ifndef YY_NO_TOP_STATE +static int yy_top_state YY_PROTO(( void )); +#endif + +#else +#define YY_NO_PUSH_STATE 1 +#define YY_NO_POP_STATE 1 +#define YY_NO_TOP_STATE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef YY_MALLOC_DECL +YY_MALLOC_DECL +#else +#if __STDC__ +#ifndef __cplusplus +#include +#endif +#else +/* Just try to get by without declaring the routines. This will fail + * miserably on non-ANSI systems for which sizeof(size_t) != sizeof(int) + * or sizeof(void*) != sizeof(int). + */ +#endif +#endif + +/* Amount of stuff to slurp up with each read. */ +#ifndef YY_READ_BUF_SIZE +#define YY_READ_BUF_SIZE 8192 +#endif + +/* Copy whatever the last rule matched to the standard output. */ + +#ifndef ECHO +/* This used to be an fputs(), but since the string might contain NUL's, + * we now use fwrite(). + */ +#define ECHO (void) fwrite( yytext, yyleng, 1, yyout ) +#endif + +/* Gets input and stuffs it into "buf". number of characters read, or YY_NULL, + * is returned in "result". + */ +#ifndef YY_INPUT +#define YY_INPUT(buf,result,max_size) \ + if ( yy_current_buffer->yy_is_interactive ) \ + { \ + int c = '*', n; \ + for ( n = 0; n < max_size && \ + (c = getc( yyin )) != EOF && c != '\n'; ++n ) \ + buf[n] = (char) c; \ + if ( c == '\n' ) \ + buf[n++] = (char) c; \ + if ( c == EOF && ferror( yyin ) ) \ + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "input in flex scanner failed" ); \ + result = n; \ + } \ + else if ( ((result = fread( buf, 1, max_size, yyin )) == 0) \ + && ferror( yyin ) ) \ + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "input in flex scanner failed" ); +#endif + +/* No semi-colon after return; correct usage is to write "yyterminate();" - + * we don't want an extra ';' after the "return" because that will cause + * some compilers to complain about unreachable statements. + */ +#ifndef yyterminate +#define yyterminate() return YY_NULL +#endif + +/* Number of entries by which start-condition stack grows. */ +#ifndef YY_START_STACK_INCR +#define YY_START_STACK_INCR 25 +#endif + +/* Report a fatal error. */ +#ifndef YY_FATAL_ERROR +#define YY_FATAL_ERROR(msg) yy_fatal_error( msg ) +#endif + +/* Default declaration of generated scanner - a define so the user can + * easily add parameters. + */ +#ifndef YY_DECL +#define YY_DECL int yylex YY_PROTO(( void )) +#endif + +/* Code executed at the beginning of each rule, after yytext and yyleng + * have been set up. + */ +#ifndef YY_USER_ACTION +#define YY_USER_ACTION +#endif + +/* Code executed at the end of each rule. */ +#ifndef YY_BREAK +#define YY_BREAK break; +#endif + +#define YY_RULE_SETUP \ + YY_USER_ACTION + +YY_DECL + { + register yy_state_type yy_current_state; + register char *yy_cp, *yy_bp; + register int yy_act; + +#line 46 "proplist.l" + + + + if ( yy_init ) + { + yy_init = 0; + +#ifdef YY_USER_INIT + YY_USER_INIT; +#endif + + if ( ! yy_start ) + yy_start = 1; /* first start state */ + + if ( ! yyin ) + yyin = stdin; + + if ( ! yyout ) + yyout = stdout; + + if ( ! yy_current_buffer ) + yy_current_buffer = + yy_create_buffer( yyin, YY_BUF_SIZE ); + + yy_load_buffer_state(); + } + + while ( 1 ) /* loops until end-of-file is reached */ + { + yy_more_len = 0; + if ( yy_more_flag ) + { + yy_more_len = yy_c_buf_p - yytext_ptr; + yy_more_flag = 0; + } + yy_cp = yy_c_buf_p; + + /* Support of yytext. */ + *yy_cp = yy_hold_char; + + /* yy_bp points to the position in yy_ch_buf of the start of + * the current run. + */ + yy_bp = yy_cp; + + yy_current_state = yy_start; +yy_match: + do + { + register YY_CHAR yy_c = yy_ec[YY_SC_TO_UI(*yy_cp)]; + if ( yy_accept[yy_current_state] ) + { + yy_last_accepting_state = yy_current_state; + yy_last_accepting_cpos = yy_cp; + } + while ( yy_chk[yy_base[yy_current_state] + yy_c] != yy_current_state ) + { + yy_current_state = (int) yy_def[yy_current_state]; + if ( yy_current_state >= 54 ) + yy_c = yy_meta[(unsigned int) yy_c]; + } + yy_current_state = yy_nxt[yy_base[yy_current_state] + (unsigned int) yy_c]; + ++yy_cp; + } + while ( yy_current_state != 53 ); + yy_cp = yy_last_accepting_cpos; + yy_current_state = yy_last_accepting_state; + +yy_find_action: + yy_act = yy_accept[yy_current_state]; + + YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION; + + +do_action: /* This label is used only to access EOF actions. */ + + + switch ( yy_act ) + { /* beginning of action switch */ + case 0: /* must back up */ + /* undo the effects of YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION */ + *yy_cp = yy_hold_char; + yy_cp = yy_last_accepting_cpos; + yy_current_state = yy_last_accepting_state; + goto yy_find_action; + +case 1: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 48 "proplist.l" +{++level; BEGIN COMMENT;} + YY_BREAK +case 2: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 49 "proplist.l" +{BEGIN LINE_COMMENT;} + YY_BREAK +case 3: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 51 "proplist.l" +{ + if(plleng==1) { + BEGIN INITIAL; + pllval.obj=[NSString stringWithCString:""]; + return NSSTRING; + } + if(pltext[plleng-2] == '\\') { + yymore(); + } else { + BEGIN INITIAL; + pllval.obj=unescstr(pltext); + return NSSTRING; + } + } + YY_BREAK +case 4: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 66 "proplist.l" +{if(!--level) BEGIN INITIAL;} + YY_BREAK +case 5: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 67 "proplist.l" +; + YY_BREAK +case YY_STATE_EOF(COMMENT): +#line 68 "proplist.l" +{return 0;} + YY_BREAK +case 6: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 70 "proplist.l" +{BEGIN INITIAL;} + YY_BREAK +case 7: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 71 "proplist.l" +; + YY_BREAK +case 8: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 73 "proplist.l" +{ + pllval.obj = [NSString stringWithCString:pltext]; + return NSSTRING; + } + YY_BREAK +case 9: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 78 "proplist.l" +{ + pllval.obj = str2data(pltext); + return NSDATA; + } + YY_BREAK +case 10: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 84 "proplist.l" +{BEGIN QUOTE;} + YY_BREAK +case 11: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 86 "proplist.l" +; /* skip whitespace */ + YY_BREAK +case YY_STATE_EOF(INITIAL): +case YY_STATE_EOF(QUOTE): +case YY_STATE_EOF(LINE_COMMENT): +#line 88 "proplist.l" +{return 0;} + YY_BREAK +case 12: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 90 "proplist.l" +{return pltext[0];} /* return unmatched characters +literally*/ + YY_BREAK +case 13: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 92 "proplist.l" +ECHO; + YY_BREAK + + case YY_END_OF_BUFFER: + { + /* Amount of text matched not including the EOB char. */ + int yy_amount_of_matched_text = (int) (yy_cp - yytext_ptr) - 1; + + /* Undo the effects of YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION. */ + *yy_cp = yy_hold_char; + YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET + + if ( yy_current_buffer->yy_buffer_status == YY_BUFFER_NEW ) + { + /* We're scanning a new file or input source. It's + * possible that this happened because the user + * just pointed yyin at a new source and called + * yylex(). If so, then we have to assure + * consistency between yy_current_buffer and our + * globals. Here is the right place to do so, because + * this is the first action (other than possibly a + * back-up) that will match for the new input source. + */ + yy_n_chars = yy_current_buffer->yy_n_chars; + yy_current_buffer->yy_input_file = yyin; + yy_current_buffer->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NORMAL; + } + + /* Note that here we test for yy_c_buf_p "<=" to the position + * of the first EOB in the buffer, since yy_c_buf_p will + * already have been incremented past the NUL character + * (since all states make transitions on EOB to the + * end-of-buffer state). Contrast this with the test + * in input(). + */ + if ( yy_c_buf_p <= &yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[yy_n_chars] ) + { /* This was really a NUL. */ + yy_state_type yy_next_state; + + yy_c_buf_p = yytext_ptr + yy_amount_of_matched_text; + + yy_current_state = yy_get_previous_state(); + + /* Okay, we're now positioned to make the NUL + * transition. We couldn't have + * yy_get_previous_state() go ahead and do it + * for us because it doesn't know how to deal + * with the possibility of jamming (and we don't + * want to build jamming into it because then it + * will run more slowly). + */ + + yy_next_state = yy_try_NUL_trans( yy_current_state ); + + yy_bp = yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; + + if ( yy_next_state ) + { + /* Consume the NUL. */ + yy_cp = ++yy_c_buf_p; + yy_current_state = yy_next_state; + goto yy_match; + } + + else + { + yy_cp = yy_last_accepting_cpos; + yy_current_state = yy_last_accepting_state; + goto yy_find_action; + } + } + + else switch ( yy_get_next_buffer() ) + { + case EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE: + { + yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof = 0; + + if ( yywrap() ) + { + /* Note: because we've taken care in + * yy_get_next_buffer() to have set up + * yytext, we can now set up + * yy_c_buf_p so that if some total + * hoser (like flex itself) wants to + * call the scanner after we return the + * YY_NULL, it'll still work - another + * YY_NULL will get returned. + */ + yy_c_buf_p = yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; + + yy_act = YY_STATE_EOF(YY_START); + goto do_action; + } + + else + { + if ( ! yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof ) + YY_NEW_FILE; + } + break; + } + + case EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN: + yy_c_buf_p = + yytext_ptr + yy_amount_of_matched_text; + + yy_current_state = yy_get_previous_state(); + + yy_cp = yy_c_buf_p; + yy_bp = yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; + goto yy_match; + + case EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH: + yy_c_buf_p = + &yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[yy_n_chars]; + + yy_current_state = yy_get_previous_state(); + + yy_cp = yy_c_buf_p; + yy_bp = yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; + goto yy_find_action; + } + break; + } + + default: + YY_FATAL_ERROR( + "fatal flex scanner internal error--no action found" ); + } /* end of action switch */ + } /* end of scanning one token */ + } /* end of yylex */ + + +/* yy_get_next_buffer - try to read in a new buffer + * + * Returns a code representing an action: + * EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH - + * EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN - continue scanning from current position + * EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE - end of file + */ + +static int yy_get_next_buffer() + { + register char *dest = yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf; + register char *source = yytext_ptr; + register int number_to_move, i; + int ret_val; + + if ( yy_c_buf_p > &yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[yy_n_chars + 1] ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( + "fatal flex scanner internal error--end of buffer missed" ); + + if ( yy_current_buffer->yy_fill_buffer == 0 ) + { /* Don't try to fill the buffer, so this is an EOF. */ + if ( yy_c_buf_p - yytext_ptr - YY_MORE_ADJ == 1 ) + { + /* We matched a single character, the EOB, so + * treat this as a final EOF. + */ + return EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE; + } + + else + { + /* We matched some text prior to the EOB, first + * process it. + */ + return EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH; + } + } + + /* Try to read more data. */ + + /* First move last chars to start of buffer. */ + number_to_move = (int) (yy_c_buf_p - yytext_ptr) - 1; + + for ( i = 0; i < number_to_move; ++i ) + *(dest++) = *(source++); + + if ( yy_current_buffer->yy_buffer_status == YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING ) + /* don't do the read, it's not guaranteed to return an EOF, + * just force an EOF + */ + yy_current_buffer->yy_n_chars = yy_n_chars = 0; + + else + { + int num_to_read = + yy_current_buffer->yy_buf_size - number_to_move - 1; + + while ( num_to_read <= 0 ) + { /* Not enough room in the buffer - grow it. */ +#ifdef YY_USES_REJECT + YY_FATAL_ERROR( +"input buffer overflow, can't enlarge buffer because scanner uses REJECT" ); +#else + + /* just a shorter name for the current buffer */ + YY_BUFFER_STATE b = yy_current_buffer; + + int yy_c_buf_p_offset = + (int) (yy_c_buf_p - b->yy_ch_buf); + + if ( b->yy_is_our_buffer ) + { + int new_size = b->yy_buf_size * 2; + + if ( new_size <= 0 ) + b->yy_buf_size += b->yy_buf_size / 8; + else + b->yy_buf_size *= 2; + + b->yy_ch_buf = (char *) + /* Include room in for 2 EOB chars. */ + yy_flex_realloc( (void *) b->yy_ch_buf, + b->yy_buf_size + 2 ); + } + else + /* Can't grow it, we don't own it. */ + b->yy_ch_buf = 0; + + if ( ! b->yy_ch_buf ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( + "fatal error - scanner input buffer overflow" ); + + yy_c_buf_p = &b->yy_ch_buf[yy_c_buf_p_offset]; + + num_to_read = yy_current_buffer->yy_buf_size - + number_to_move - 1; +#endif + } + + if ( num_to_read > YY_READ_BUF_SIZE ) + num_to_read = YY_READ_BUF_SIZE; + + /* Read in more data. */ + YY_INPUT( (&yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[number_to_move]), + yy_n_chars, num_to_read ); + + yy_current_buffer->yy_n_chars = yy_n_chars; + } + + if ( yy_n_chars == 0 ) + { + if ( number_to_move == YY_MORE_ADJ ) + { + ret_val = EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE; + yyrestart( yyin ); + } + + else + { + ret_val = EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH; + yy_current_buffer->yy_buffer_status = + YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING; + } + } + + else + ret_val = EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN; + + yy_n_chars += number_to_move; + yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[yy_n_chars] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[yy_n_chars + 1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + + yytext_ptr = &yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[0]; + + return ret_val; + } + + +/* yy_get_previous_state - get the state just before the EOB char was reached */ + +static yy_state_type yy_get_previous_state() + { + register yy_state_type yy_current_state; + register char *yy_cp; + + yy_current_state = yy_start; + + for ( yy_cp = yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; yy_cp < yy_c_buf_p; ++yy_cp ) + { + register YY_CHAR yy_c = (*yy_cp ? yy_ec[YY_SC_TO_UI(*yy_cp)] : 1); + if ( yy_accept[yy_current_state] ) + { + yy_last_accepting_state = yy_current_state; + yy_last_accepting_cpos = yy_cp; + } + while ( yy_chk[yy_base[yy_current_state] + yy_c] != yy_current_state ) + { + yy_current_state = (int) yy_def[yy_current_state]; + if ( yy_current_state >= 54 ) + yy_c = yy_meta[(unsigned int) yy_c]; + } + yy_current_state = yy_nxt[yy_base[yy_current_state] + (unsigned int) yy_c]; + } + + return yy_current_state; + } + + +/* yy_try_NUL_trans - try to make a transition on the NUL character + * + * synopsis + * next_state = yy_try_NUL_trans( current_state ); + */ + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static yy_state_type yy_try_NUL_trans( yy_state_type yy_current_state ) +#else +static yy_state_type yy_try_NUL_trans( yy_current_state ) +yy_state_type yy_current_state; +#endif + { + register int yy_is_jam; + register char *yy_cp = yy_c_buf_p; + + register YY_CHAR yy_c = 1; + if ( yy_accept[yy_current_state] ) + { + yy_last_accepting_state = yy_current_state; + yy_last_accepting_cpos = yy_cp; + } + while ( yy_chk[yy_base[yy_current_state] + yy_c] != yy_current_state ) + { + yy_current_state = (int) yy_def[yy_current_state]; + if ( yy_current_state >= 54 ) + yy_c = yy_meta[(unsigned int) yy_c]; + } + yy_current_state = yy_nxt[yy_base[yy_current_state] + (unsigned int) yy_c]; + yy_is_jam = (yy_current_state == 53); + + return yy_is_jam ? 0 : yy_current_state; + } + + +#ifndef YY_NO_UNPUT +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void yyunput( int c, register char *yy_bp ) +#else +static void yyunput( c, yy_bp ) +int c; +register char *yy_bp; +#endif + { + register char *yy_cp = yy_c_buf_p; + + /* undo effects of setting up yytext */ + *yy_cp = yy_hold_char; + + if ( yy_cp < yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf + 2 ) + { /* need to shift things up to make room */ + /* +2 for EOB chars. */ + register int number_to_move = yy_n_chars + 2; + register char *dest = &yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[ + yy_current_buffer->yy_buf_size + 2]; + register char *source = + &yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[number_to_move]; + + while ( source > yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf ) + *--dest = *--source; + + yy_cp += (int) (dest - source); + yy_bp += (int) (dest - source); + yy_current_buffer->yy_n_chars = + yy_n_chars = yy_current_buffer->yy_buf_size; + + if ( yy_cp < yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf + 2 ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "flex scanner push-back overflow" ); + } + + *--yy_cp = (char) c; + + + yytext_ptr = yy_bp; + yy_hold_char = *yy_cp; + yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp; + } +#endif /* ifndef YY_NO_UNPUT */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +static int yyinput() +#else +static int input() +#endif + { + int c; + + *yy_c_buf_p = yy_hold_char; + + if ( *yy_c_buf_p == YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR ) + { + /* yy_c_buf_p now points to the character we want to return. + * If this occurs *before* the EOB characters, then it's a + * valid NUL; if not, then we've hit the end of the buffer. + */ + if ( yy_c_buf_p < &yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[yy_n_chars] ) + /* This was really a NUL. */ + *yy_c_buf_p = '\0'; + + else + { /* need more input */ + int offset = yy_c_buf_p - yytext_ptr; + ++yy_c_buf_p; + + switch ( yy_get_next_buffer() ) + { + case EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH: + /* This happens because yy_g_n_b() + * sees that we've accumulated a + * token and flags that we need to + * try matching the token before + * proceeding. But for input(), + * there's no matching to consider. + * So convert the EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH + * to EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE. + */ + + /* Reset buffer status. */ + yyrestart( yyin ); + + /* fall through */ + + case EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE: + { + if ( yywrap() ) + return EOF; + + if ( ! yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof ) + YY_NEW_FILE; +#ifdef __cplusplus + return yyinput(); +#else + return input(); +#endif + } + + case EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN: + yy_c_buf_p = yytext_ptr + offset; + break; + } + } + } + + c = *(unsigned char *) yy_c_buf_p; /* cast for 8-bit char's */ + *yy_c_buf_p = '\0'; /* preserve yytext */ + yy_hold_char = *++yy_c_buf_p; + + + return c; + } + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +void yyrestart( FILE *input_file ) +#else +void yyrestart( input_file ) +FILE *input_file; +#endif + { + if ( ! yy_current_buffer ) + yy_current_buffer = yy_create_buffer( yyin, YY_BUF_SIZE ); + + yy_init_buffer( yy_current_buffer, input_file ); + yy_load_buffer_state(); + } + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +void yy_switch_to_buffer( YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer ) +#else +void yy_switch_to_buffer( new_buffer ) +YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer; +#endif + { + if ( yy_current_buffer == new_buffer ) + return; + + if ( yy_current_buffer ) + { + /* Flush out information for old buffer. */ + *yy_c_buf_p = yy_hold_char; + yy_current_buffer->yy_buf_pos = yy_c_buf_p; + yy_current_buffer->yy_n_chars = yy_n_chars; + } + + yy_current_buffer = new_buffer; + yy_load_buffer_state(); + + /* We don't actually know whether we did this switch during + * EOF (yywrap()) processing, but the only time this flag + * is looked at is after yywrap() is called, so it's safe + * to go ahead and always set it. + */ + yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof = 1; + } + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +void yy_load_buffer_state( void ) +#else +void yy_load_buffer_state() +#endif + { + yy_n_chars = yy_current_buffer->yy_n_chars; + yytext_ptr = yy_c_buf_p = yy_current_buffer->yy_buf_pos; + yyin = yy_current_buffer->yy_input_file; + yy_hold_char = *yy_c_buf_p; + } + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_create_buffer( FILE *file, int size ) +#else +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_create_buffer( file, size ) +FILE *file; +int size; +#endif + { + YY_BUFFER_STATE b; + + b = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) yy_flex_alloc( sizeof( struct yy_buffer_state ) ); + if ( ! b ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_create_buffer()" ); + + b->yy_buf_size = size; + + /* yy_ch_buf has to be 2 characters longer than the size given because + * we need to put in 2 end-of-buffer characters. + */ + b->yy_ch_buf = (char *) yy_flex_alloc( b->yy_buf_size + 2 ); + if ( ! b->yy_ch_buf ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_create_buffer()" ); + + b->yy_is_our_buffer = 1; + + yy_init_buffer( b, file ); + + return b; + } + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +void yy_delete_buffer( YY_BUFFER_STATE b ) +#else +void yy_delete_buffer( b ) +YY_BUFFER_STATE b; +#endif + { + if ( ! b ) + return; + + if ( b == yy_current_buffer ) + yy_current_buffer = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) 0; + + if ( b->yy_is_our_buffer ) + yy_flex_free( (void *) b->yy_ch_buf ); + + yy_flex_free( (void *) b ); + } + + +#ifndef YY_ALWAYS_INTERACTIVE +#ifndef YY_NEVER_INTERACTIVE +extern int isatty YY_PROTO(( int )); +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +void yy_init_buffer( YY_BUFFER_STATE b, FILE *file ) +#else +void yy_init_buffer( b, file ) +YY_BUFFER_STATE b; +FILE *file; +#endif + + + { + yy_flush_buffer( b ); + + b->yy_input_file = file; + b->yy_fill_buffer = 1; + +#if YY_ALWAYS_INTERACTIVE + b->yy_is_interactive = 1; +#else +#if YY_NEVER_INTERACTIVE + b->yy_is_interactive = 0; +#else + b->yy_is_interactive = file ? (isatty( fileno(file) ) > 0) : 0; +#endif +#endif + } + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +void yy_flush_buffer( YY_BUFFER_STATE b ) +#else +void yy_flush_buffer( b ) +YY_BUFFER_STATE b; +#endif + + { + if ( ! b ) + return; + + b->yy_n_chars = 0; + + /* We always need two end-of-buffer characters. The first causes + * a transition to the end-of-buffer state. The second causes + * a jam in that state. + */ + b->yy_ch_buf[0] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + b->yy_ch_buf[1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + + b->yy_buf_pos = &b->yy_ch_buf[0]; + + b->yy_at_bol = 1; + b->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NEW; + + if ( b == yy_current_buffer ) + yy_load_buffer_state(); + } + + +#ifndef YY_NO_SCAN_BUFFER +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_buffer( char *base, yy_size_t size ) +#else +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_buffer( base, size ) +char *base; +yy_size_t size; +#endif + { + YY_BUFFER_STATE b; + + if ( size < 2 || + base[size-2] != YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR || + base[size-1] != YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR ) + /* They forgot to leave room for the EOB's. */ + return 0; + + b = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) yy_flex_alloc( sizeof( struct yy_buffer_state ) ); + if ( ! b ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_scan_buffer()" ); + + b->yy_buf_size = size - 2; /* "- 2" to take care of EOB's */ + b->yy_buf_pos = b->yy_ch_buf = base; + b->yy_is_our_buffer = 0; + b->yy_input_file = 0; + b->yy_n_chars = b->yy_buf_size; + b->yy_is_interactive = 0; + b->yy_at_bol = 1; + b->yy_fill_buffer = 0; + b->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NEW; + + yy_switch_to_buffer( b ); + + return b; + } +#endif + + +#ifndef YY_NO_SCAN_STRING +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_string( yyconst char *yy_str ) +#else +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_string( yy_str ) +yyconst char *yy_str; +#endif + { + int len; + for ( len = 0; yy_str[len]; ++len ) + ; + + return yy_scan_bytes( yy_str, len ); + } +#endif + + +#ifndef YY_NO_SCAN_BYTES +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_bytes( yyconst char *bytes, int len ) +#else +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_bytes( bytes, len ) +yyconst char *bytes; +int len; +#endif + { + YY_BUFFER_STATE b; + char *buf; + yy_size_t n; + int i; + + /* Get memory for full buffer, including space for trailing EOB's. */ + n = len + 2; + buf = (char *) yy_flex_alloc( n ); + if ( ! buf ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_scan_bytes()" ); + + for ( i = 0; i < len; ++i ) + buf[i] = bytes[i]; + + buf[len] = buf[len+1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + + b = yy_scan_buffer( buf, n ); + if ( ! b ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "bad buffer in yy_scan_bytes()" ); + + /* It's okay to grow etc. this buffer, and we should throw it + * away when we're done. + */ + b->yy_is_our_buffer = 1; + + return b; + } +#endif + + +#ifndef YY_NO_PUSH_STATE +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void yy_push_state( int new_state ) +#else +static void yy_push_state( new_state ) +int new_state; +#endif + { + if ( yy_start_stack_ptr >= yy_start_stack_depth ) + { + yy_size_t new_size; + + yy_start_stack_depth += YY_START_STACK_INCR; + new_size = yy_start_stack_depth * sizeof( int ); + + if ( ! yy_start_stack ) + yy_start_stack = (int *) yy_flex_alloc( new_size ); + + else + yy_start_stack = (int *) yy_flex_realloc( + (void *) yy_start_stack, new_size ); + + if ( ! yy_start_stack ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( + "out of memory expanding start-condition stack" ); + } + + yy_start_stack[yy_start_stack_ptr++] = YY_START; + + BEGIN(new_state); + } +#endif + + +#ifndef YY_NO_POP_STATE +static void yy_pop_state() + { + if ( --yy_start_stack_ptr < 0 ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "start-condition stack underflow" ); + + BEGIN(yy_start_stack[yy_start_stack_ptr]); + } +#endif + + +#ifndef YY_NO_TOP_STATE +static int yy_top_state() + { + return yy_start_stack[yy_start_stack_ptr - 1]; + } +#endif + +#ifndef YY_EXIT_FAILURE +#define YY_EXIT_FAILURE 2 +#endif + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void yy_fatal_error( yyconst char msg[] ) +#else +static void yy_fatal_error( msg ) +char msg[]; +#endif + { + (void) fprintf( stderr, "%s\n", msg ); + exit( YY_EXIT_FAILURE ); + } + + + +/* Redefine yyless() so it works in section 3 code. */ + +#undef yyless +#define yyless(n) \ + do \ + { \ + /* Undo effects of setting up yytext. */ \ + yytext[yyleng] = yy_hold_char; \ + yy_c_buf_p = yytext + n; \ + yy_hold_char = *yy_c_buf_p; \ + *yy_c_buf_p = '\0'; \ + yyleng = n; \ + } \ + while ( 0 ) + + +/* Internal utility routines. */ + +#ifndef yytext_ptr +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void yy_flex_strncpy( char *s1, yyconst char *s2, int n ) +#else +static void yy_flex_strncpy( s1, s2, n ) +char *s1; +yyconst char *s2; +int n; +#endif + { + register int i; + for ( i = 0; i < n; ++i ) + s1[i] = s2[i]; + } +#endif + +#ifdef YY_NEED_STRLEN +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static int yy_flex_strlen( yyconst char *s ) +#else +static int yy_flex_strlen( s ) +yyconst char *s; +#endif + { + register int n; + for ( n = 0; s[n]; ++n ) + ; + + return n; + } +#endif + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void *yy_flex_alloc( yy_size_t size ) +#else +static void *yy_flex_alloc( size ) +yy_size_t size; +#endif + { + return (void *) malloc( size ); + } + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void *yy_flex_realloc( void *ptr, yy_size_t size ) +#else +static void *yy_flex_realloc( ptr, size ) +void *ptr; +yy_size_t size; +#endif + { + /* The cast to (char *) in the following accommodates both + * implementations that use char* generic pointers, and those + * that use void* generic pointers. It works with the latter + * because both ANSI C and C++ allow castless assignment from + * any pointer type to void*, and deal with argument conversions + * as though doing an assignment. + */ + return (void *) realloc( (char *) ptr, size ); + } + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void yy_flex_free( void *ptr ) +#else +static void yy_flex_free( ptr ) +void *ptr; +#endif + { + free( ptr ); + } + +#if YY_MAIN +int main() + { + yylex(); + return 0; + } +#endif +#line 92 "proplist.l" + + + /* C code section */ + +#define inrange(ch,min,max) ((ch)>=(min) && (ch)<=(max)) +#define char2num(ch) \ +inrange(ch,'0','9') \ +? ((ch)-0x30) \ +: (inrange(ch,'a','f') \ +? ((ch)-0x57) : ((ch)-0x37)) + +NSData * +str2data (char *str) +{ + char *buf, *str_ptr, *buf_ptr; + char ch; + int len; + + buf=(char *)objc_malloc(strlen(str)); + + for (str_ptr=str+1, buf_ptr=buf,len=0; + (ch = *str_ptr) != '>'; + str_ptr++) + { + if(ch==' ' || ch=='\n' || ch=='\t' || ch=='\r') + continue; /* ignore whitespace */ + *buf_ptr = (char2num(ch))<<4; + ch = *++str_ptr; + *buf_ptr |= char2num(ch); + len++; buf_ptr++; + } + + return [NSData dataWithBytesNoCopy:buf length:len]; +} + +NSString* +unescstr (char *src) +{ + char *dest=(char*) objc_malloc (strlen(src)); + char *src_ptr, *dest_ptr; + char ch; + + /* blow away that terminating quote for good measure */ + src[strlen(src)-1] = '\0'; + + for (src_ptr=src,dest_ptr=dest; + *src_ptr; + src_ptr++, dest_ptr++) + { + if(*src_ptr != '\\') + *dest_ptr = *src_ptr; + else + { + ch = *(++src_ptr); + if((ch>='0') && (ch<='1')) /* assume next 2 chars are octal too */ + { + *dest_ptr = (ch & 07) << 3; + *dest_ptr |= (*(++src_ptr)&07)<<3; + *dest_ptr |= *(++src_ptr)&07; + } + else + { + switch(ch) + { + case 'a' : *dest_ptr = '\a'; break; + case 'b' : *dest_ptr = '\b'; break; + case 't' : *dest_ptr = '\t'; break; + case 'r' : *dest_ptr = '\r'; break; + case 'n' : *dest_ptr = '\n'; break; + case 'v' : *dest_ptr = '\v'; break; + case 'f' : *dest_ptr = '\f'; break; + default : *dest_ptr = *src_ptr; + } + } + } + } + + *dest_ptr = '\0'; /* terminate dest */ + + return [[[NSString alloc] initWithCStringNoCopy: dest + length: dest_ptr - dest + freeWhenDone: YES] autorelease]; +} diff --git a/Source/lex.sf.m b/Source/lex.sf.m new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f430d7ad7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Source/lex.sf.m @@ -0,0 +1,1617 @@ +#define yy_create_buffer sf_create_buffer +#define yy_delete_buffer sf_delete_buffer +#define yy_scan_buffer sf_scan_buffer +#define yy_scan_string sf_scan_string +#define yy_scan_bytes sf_scan_bytes +#define yy_flex_debug sf_flex_debug +#define yy_init_buffer sf_init_buffer +#define yy_flush_buffer sf_flush_buffer +#define yy_load_buffer_state sf_load_buffer_state +#define yy_switch_to_buffer sf_switch_to_buffer +#define yyin sfin +#define yyleng sfleng +#define yylex sflex +#define yyout sfout +#define yyrestart sfrestart +#define yytext sftext +#define yywrap sfwrap + +/* A lexical scanner generated by flex */ + +/* Scanner skeleton version: + * $Header$ + */ + +#define FLEX_SCANNER +#define YY_FLEX_MAJOR_VERSION 2 +#define YY_FLEX_MINOR_VERSION 5 + +#include + + +/* cfront 1.2 defines "c_plusplus" instead of "__cplusplus" */ +#ifdef c_plusplus +#ifndef __cplusplus +#define __cplusplus +#endif +#endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus + +#include +#include + +/* Use prototypes in function declarations. */ +#define YY_USE_PROTOS + +/* The "const" storage-class-modifier is valid. */ +#define YY_USE_CONST + +#else /* ! __cplusplus */ + +#if __STDC__ + +#define YY_USE_PROTOS +#define YY_USE_CONST + +#endif /* __STDC__ */ +#endif /* ! __cplusplus */ + +#ifdef __TURBOC__ + #pragma warn -rch + #pragma warn -use +#include +#include +#define YY_USE_CONST +#define YY_USE_PROTOS +#endif + +#ifdef YY_USE_CONST +#define yyconst const +#else +#define yyconst +#endif + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +#define YY_PROTO(proto) proto +#else +#define YY_PROTO(proto) () +#endif + +/* Returned upon end-of-file. */ +#define YY_NULL 0 + +/* Promotes a possibly negative, possibly signed char to an unsigned + * integer for use as an array index. If the signed char is negative, + * we want to instead treat it as an 8-bit unsigned char, hence the + * double cast. + */ +#define YY_SC_TO_UI(c) ((unsigned int) (unsigned char) c) + +/* Enter a start condition. This macro really ought to take a parameter, + * but we do it the disgusting crufty way forced on us by the ()-less + * definition of BEGIN. + */ +#define BEGIN yy_start = 1 + 2 * + +/* Translate the current start state into a value that can be later handed + * to BEGIN to return to the state. The YYSTATE alias is for lex + * compatibility. + */ +#define YY_START ((yy_start - 1) / 2) +#define YYSTATE YY_START + +/* Action number for EOF rule of a given start state. */ +#define YY_STATE_EOF(state) (YY_END_OF_BUFFER + state + 1) + +/* Special action meaning "start processing a new file". */ +#define YY_NEW_FILE yyrestart( yyin ) + +#define YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR 0 + +/* Size of default input buffer. */ +#define YY_BUF_SIZE 16384 + +typedef struct yy_buffer_state *YY_BUFFER_STATE; + +extern int yyleng; +extern FILE *yyin, *yyout; + +#define EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN 0 +#define EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE 1 +#define EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH 2 + +/* The funky do-while in the following #define is used to turn the definition + * int a single C statement (which needs a semi-colon terminator). This + * avoids problems with code like: + * + * if ( condition_holds ) + * yyless( 5 ); + * else + * do_something_else(); + * + * Prior to using the do-while the compiler would get upset at the + * "else" because it interpreted the "if" statement as being all + * done when it reached the ';' after the yyless() call. + */ + +/* Return all but the first 'n' matched characters back to the input stream. */ + +#define yyless(n) \ + do \ + { \ + /* Undo effects of setting up yytext. */ \ + *yy_cp = yy_hold_char; \ + YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET \ + yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp = yy_bp + n - YY_MORE_ADJ; \ + YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION; /* set up yytext again */ \ + } \ + while ( 0 ) + +#define unput(c) yyunput( c, yytext_ptr ) + +/* The following is because we cannot portably get our hands on size_t + * (without autoconf's help, which isn't available because we want + * flex-generated scanners to compile on their own). + */ +typedef unsigned int yy_size_t; + + +struct yy_buffer_state + { + FILE *yy_input_file; + + char *yy_ch_buf; /* input buffer */ + char *yy_buf_pos; /* current position in input buffer */ + + /* Size of input buffer in bytes, not including room for EOB + * characters. + */ + yy_size_t yy_buf_size; + + /* Number of characters read into yy_ch_buf, not including EOB + * characters. + */ + int yy_n_chars; + + /* Whether we "own" the buffer - i.e., we know we created it, + * and can realloc() it to grow it, and should free() it to + * delete it. + */ + int yy_is_our_buffer; + + /* Whether this is an "interactive" input source; if so, and + * if we're using stdio for input, then we want to use getc() + * instead of fread(), to make sure we stop fetching input after + * each newline. + */ + int yy_is_interactive; + + /* Whether we're considered to be at the beginning of a line. + * If so, '^' rules will be active on the next match, otherwise + * not. + */ + int yy_at_bol; + + /* Whether to try to fill the input buffer when we reach the + * end of it. + */ + int yy_fill_buffer; + + int yy_buffer_status; +#define YY_BUFFER_NEW 0 +#define YY_BUFFER_NORMAL 1 + /* When an EOF's been seen but there's still some text to process + * then we mark the buffer as YY_EOF_PENDING, to indicate that we + * shouldn't try reading from the input source any more. We might + * still have a bunch of tokens to match, though, because of + * possible backing-up. + * + * When we actually see the EOF, we change the status to "new" + * (via yyrestart()), so that the user can continue scanning by + * just pointing yyin at a new input file. + */ +#define YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING 2 + }; + +static YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_current_buffer = 0; + +/* We provide macros for accessing buffer states in case in the + * future we want to put the buffer states in a more general + * "scanner state". + */ +#define YY_CURRENT_BUFFER yy_current_buffer + + +/* yy_hold_char holds the character lost when yytext is formed. */ +static char yy_hold_char; + +static int yy_n_chars; /* number of characters read into yy_ch_buf */ + + +int yyleng; + +/* Points to current character in buffer. */ +static char *yy_c_buf_p = (char *) 0; +static int yy_init = 1; /* whether we need to initialize */ +static int yy_start = 0; /* start state number */ + +/* Flag which is used to allow yywrap()'s to do buffer switches + * instead of setting up a fresh yyin. A bit of a hack ... + */ +static int yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof; + +void yyrestart YY_PROTO(( FILE *input_file )); + +void yy_switch_to_buffer YY_PROTO(( YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer )); +void yy_load_buffer_state YY_PROTO(( void )); +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_create_buffer YY_PROTO(( FILE *file, int size )); +void yy_delete_buffer YY_PROTO(( YY_BUFFER_STATE b )); +void yy_init_buffer YY_PROTO(( YY_BUFFER_STATE b, FILE *file )); +void yy_flush_buffer YY_PROTO(( YY_BUFFER_STATE b )); +#define YY_FLUSH_BUFFER yy_flush_buffer( yy_current_buffer ) + +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_buffer YY_PROTO(( char *base, yy_size_t size )); +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_string YY_PROTO(( yyconst char *yy_str )); +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_bytes YY_PROTO(( yyconst char *bytes, int len )); + +static void *yy_flex_alloc YY_PROTO(( yy_size_t )); +static void *yy_flex_realloc YY_PROTO(( void *, yy_size_t )); +static void yy_flex_free YY_PROTO(( void * )); + +#define yy_new_buffer yy_create_buffer + +#define yy_set_interactive(is_interactive) \ + { \ + if ( ! yy_current_buffer ) \ + yy_current_buffer = yy_create_buffer( yyin, YY_BUF_SIZE ); \ + yy_current_buffer->yy_is_interactive = is_interactive; \ + } + +#define yy_set_bol(at_bol) \ + { \ + if ( ! yy_current_buffer ) \ + yy_current_buffer = yy_create_buffer( yyin, YY_BUF_SIZE ); \ + yy_current_buffer->yy_at_bol = at_bol; \ + } + +#define YY_AT_BOL() (yy_current_buffer->yy_at_bol) + +typedef unsigned char YY_CHAR; +FILE *yyin = (FILE *) 0, *yyout = (FILE *) 0; +typedef int yy_state_type; +extern char *yytext; +#define yytext_ptr yytext + +static yy_state_type yy_get_previous_state YY_PROTO(( void )); +static yy_state_type yy_try_NUL_trans YY_PROTO(( yy_state_type current_state )); +static int yy_get_next_buffer YY_PROTO(( void )); +static void yy_fatal_error YY_PROTO(( yyconst char msg[] )); + +/* Done after the current pattern has been matched and before the + * corresponding action - sets up yytext. + */ +#define YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION \ + yytext_ptr = yy_bp; \ + yytext_ptr -= yy_more_len; \ + yyleng = (int) (yy_cp - yytext_ptr); \ + yy_hold_char = *yy_cp; \ + *yy_cp = '\0'; \ + yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp; + +#define YY_NUM_RULES 11 +#define YY_END_OF_BUFFER 12 +static yyconst short int yy_accept[28] = + { 0, + 6, 6, 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 10, 9, 9, + 4, 6, 6, 7, 8, 11, 3, 2, 11, 2, + 9, 6, 5, 0, 3, 1, 0 + } ; + +static yyconst int yy_ec[256] = + { 0, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 3, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 2, 1, 4, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 5, 1, 1, 1, 6, 7, 6, 6, 6, + 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 1, 8, 1, + 9, 1, 1, 1, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, + 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, + 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 6, 1, 6, 6, 6, 6, + + 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, + 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, + 6, 6, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 + } ; + +static yyconst int yy_meta[10] = + { 0, + 1, 2, 2, 1, 1, 3, 3, 1, 1 + } ; + +static yyconst short int yy_base[33] = + { 0, + 0, 0, 27, 26, 7, 10, 29, 32, 0, 0, + 32, 0, 23, 32, 32, 23, 32, 32, 32, 19, + 0, 0, 32, 21, 32, 32, 32, 15, 18, 12, + 8, 21 + } ; + +static yyconst short int yy_def[33] = + { 0, + 27, 1, 28, 28, 29, 29, 27, 27, 30, 30, + 27, 31, 31, 27, 27, 32, 27, 27, 27, 27, + 30, 31, 27, 32, 27, 27, 0, 27, 27, 27, + 27, 27 + } ; + +static yyconst short int yy_nxt[42] = + { 0, + 8, 9, 10, 11, 8, 12, 13, 14, 15, 19, + 22, 20, 19, 21, 20, 16, 16, 16, 18, 18, + 18, 24, 24, 24, 25, 26, 25, 23, 27, 17, + 17, 7, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, + 27 + } ; + +static yyconst short int yy_chk[42] = + { 0, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 5, + 31, 5, 6, 30, 6, 28, 28, 28, 29, 29, + 29, 32, 32, 32, 24, 20, 16, 13, 7, 4, + 3, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, + 27 + } ; + +static yy_state_type yy_last_accepting_state; +static char *yy_last_accepting_cpos; + +/* The intent behind this definition is that it'll catch + * any uses of REJECT which flex missed. + */ +#define REJECT reject_used_but_not_detected +static int yy_more_flag = 0; +static int yy_more_len = 0; +#define yymore() (yy_more_flag = 1) +#define YY_MORE_ADJ yy_more_len +#define YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET +char *yytext; +#line 1 "stringsfile.l" +#define INITIAL 0 +#line 2 "stringsfile.l" +#include +#include +#include "stringsfile.tab.h" + +#ifdef sfwrap +#undef sfwrap +#endif + +int sfwrap() +{ +return 1; +} + +#define QUOTE 1 +#define COMMENT 2 + + +/* Macros after this point can all be overridden by user definitions in + * section 1. + */ + +#ifndef YY_SKIP_YYWRAP +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" int yywrap YY_PROTO(( void )); +#else +extern int yywrap YY_PROTO(( void )); +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef YY_NO_UNPUT +static void yyunput YY_PROTO(( int c, char *buf_ptr )); +#endif + +#ifndef yytext_ptr +static void yy_flex_strncpy YY_PROTO(( char *, yyconst char *, int )); +#endif + +#ifdef YY_NEED_STRLEN +static int yy_flex_strlen YY_PROTO(( yyconst char * )); +#endif + +#ifndef YY_NO_INPUT +#ifdef __cplusplus +static int yyinput YY_PROTO(( void )); +#else +static int input YY_PROTO(( void )); +#endif +#endif + +#if YY_STACK_USED +static int yy_start_stack_ptr = 0; +static int yy_start_stack_depth = 0; +static int *yy_start_stack = 0; +#ifndef YY_NO_PUSH_STATE +static void yy_push_state YY_PROTO(( int new_state )); +#endif +#ifndef YY_NO_POP_STATE +static void yy_pop_state YY_PROTO(( void )); +#endif +#ifndef YY_NO_TOP_STATE +static int yy_top_state YY_PROTO(( void )); +#endif + +#else +#define YY_NO_PUSH_STATE 1 +#define YY_NO_POP_STATE 1 +#define YY_NO_TOP_STATE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef YY_MALLOC_DECL +YY_MALLOC_DECL +#else +#if __STDC__ +#ifndef __cplusplus +#include +#endif +#else +/* Just try to get by without declaring the routines. This will fail + * miserably on non-ANSI systems for which sizeof(size_t) != sizeof(int) + * or sizeof(void*) != sizeof(int). + */ +#endif +#endif + +/* Amount of stuff to slurp up with each read. */ +#ifndef YY_READ_BUF_SIZE +#define YY_READ_BUF_SIZE 8192 +#endif + +/* Copy whatever the last rule matched to the standard output. */ + +#ifndef ECHO +/* This used to be an fputs(), but since the string might contain NUL's, + * we now use fwrite(). + */ +#define ECHO (void) fwrite( yytext, yyleng, 1, yyout ) +#endif + +/* Gets input and stuffs it into "buf". number of characters read, or YY_NULL, + * is returned in "result". + */ +#ifndef YY_INPUT +#define YY_INPUT(buf,result,max_size) \ + if ( yy_current_buffer->yy_is_interactive ) \ + { \ + int c = '*', n; \ + for ( n = 0; n < max_size && \ + (c = getc( yyin )) != EOF && c != '\n'; ++n ) \ + buf[n] = (char) c; \ + if ( c == '\n' ) \ + buf[n++] = (char) c; \ + if ( c == EOF && ferror( yyin ) ) \ + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "input in flex scanner failed" ); \ + result = n; \ + } \ + else if ( ((result = fread( buf, 1, max_size, yyin )) == 0) \ + && ferror( yyin ) ) \ + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "input in flex scanner failed" ); +#endif + +/* No semi-colon after return; correct usage is to write "yyterminate();" - + * we don't want an extra ';' after the "return" because that will cause + * some compilers to complain about unreachable statements. + */ +#ifndef yyterminate +#define yyterminate() return YY_NULL +#endif + +/* Number of entries by which start-condition stack grows. */ +#ifndef YY_START_STACK_INCR +#define YY_START_STACK_INCR 25 +#endif + +/* Report a fatal error. */ +#ifndef YY_FATAL_ERROR +#define YY_FATAL_ERROR(msg) yy_fatal_error( msg ) +#endif + +/* Default declaration of generated scanner - a define so the user can + * easily add parameters. + */ +#ifndef YY_DECL +#define YY_DECL int yylex YY_PROTO(( void )) +#endif + +/* Code executed at the beginning of each rule, after yytext and yyleng + * have been set up. + */ +#ifndef YY_USER_ACTION +#define YY_USER_ACTION +#endif + +/* Code executed at the end of each rule. */ +#ifndef YY_BREAK +#define YY_BREAK break; +#endif + +#define YY_RULE_SETUP \ + YY_USER_ACTION + +YY_DECL + { + register yy_state_type yy_current_state; + register char *yy_cp, *yy_bp; + register int yy_act; + +#line 31 "stringsfile.l" + + + + if ( yy_init ) + { + yy_init = 0; + +#ifdef YY_USER_INIT + YY_USER_INIT; +#endif + + if ( ! yy_start ) + yy_start = 1; /* first start state */ + + if ( ! yyin ) + yyin = stdin; + + if ( ! yyout ) + yyout = stdout; + + if ( ! yy_current_buffer ) + yy_current_buffer = + yy_create_buffer( yyin, YY_BUF_SIZE ); + + yy_load_buffer_state(); + } + + while ( 1 ) /* loops until end-of-file is reached */ + { + yy_more_len = 0; + if ( yy_more_flag ) + { + yy_more_len = yy_c_buf_p - yytext_ptr; + yy_more_flag = 0; + } + yy_cp = yy_c_buf_p; + + /* Support of yytext. */ + *yy_cp = yy_hold_char; + + /* yy_bp points to the position in yy_ch_buf of the start of + * the current run. + */ + yy_bp = yy_cp; + + yy_current_state = yy_start; +yy_match: + do + { + register YY_CHAR yy_c = yy_ec[YY_SC_TO_UI(*yy_cp)]; + if ( yy_accept[yy_current_state] ) + { + yy_last_accepting_state = yy_current_state; + yy_last_accepting_cpos = yy_cp; + } + while ( yy_chk[yy_base[yy_current_state] + yy_c] != yy_current_state ) + { + yy_current_state = (int) yy_def[yy_current_state]; + if ( yy_current_state >= 28 ) + yy_c = yy_meta[(unsigned int) yy_c]; + } + yy_current_state = yy_nxt[yy_base[yy_current_state] + (unsigned int) yy_c]; + ++yy_cp; + } + while ( yy_current_state != 27 ); + yy_cp = yy_last_accepting_cpos; + yy_current_state = yy_last_accepting_state; + +yy_find_action: + yy_act = yy_accept[yy_current_state]; + + YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION; + + +do_action: /* This label is used only to access EOF actions. */ + + + switch ( yy_act ) + { /* beginning of action switch */ + case 0: /* must back up */ + /* undo the effects of YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION */ + *yy_cp = yy_hold_char; + yy_cp = yy_last_accepting_cpos; + yy_current_state = yy_last_accepting_state; + goto yy_find_action; + +case 1: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 33 "stringsfile.l" +{ BEGIN INITIAL; } + YY_BREAK +case 2: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 35 "stringsfile.l" +; + YY_BREAK +case 3: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 37 "stringsfile.l" +{ + if (sfleng == 1) + { + BEGIN INITIAL; + sflval.obj = [[[NSString alloc] init] autorelease]; + return QUOTED; + } + + if (sftext[sfleng - 2] == '\\') + yymore(); + else + { + BEGIN INITIAL; + sflval.obj = [[[NSString alloc] initWithCString: sftext length: sfleng - 1] autorelease]; + return QUOTED; + } + } + YY_BREAK +case 4: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 55 "stringsfile.l" +{BEGIN QUOTE;} + YY_BREAK +case 5: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 57 "stringsfile.l" +{BEGIN COMMENT;} + YY_BREAK +case 6: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 59 "stringsfile.l" +{ + sflval.obj = [NSString stringWithCString: sftext]; + return LABEL; + } + YY_BREAK +case 7: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 64 "stringsfile.l" +{return SEMICOLEN;} + YY_BREAK +case 8: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 66 "stringsfile.l" +{return EQUALS;} + YY_BREAK +case 9: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 68 "stringsfile.l" +; + YY_BREAK +case 10: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 71 "stringsfile.l" +{ return ERROR; } + YY_BREAK +case 11: +YY_RULE_SETUP +#line 73 "stringsfile.l" +ECHO; + YY_BREAK +case YY_STATE_EOF(INITIAL): +case YY_STATE_EOF(QUOTE): +case YY_STATE_EOF(COMMENT): + yyterminate(); + + case YY_END_OF_BUFFER: + { + /* Amount of text matched not including the EOB char. */ + int yy_amount_of_matched_text = (int) (yy_cp - yytext_ptr) - 1; + + /* Undo the effects of YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION. */ + *yy_cp = yy_hold_char; + YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET + + if ( yy_current_buffer->yy_buffer_status == YY_BUFFER_NEW ) + { + /* We're scanning a new file or input source. It's + * possible that this happened because the user + * just pointed yyin at a new source and called + * yylex(). If so, then we have to assure + * consistency between yy_current_buffer and our + * globals. Here is the right place to do so, because + * this is the first action (other than possibly a + * back-up) that will match for the new input source. + */ + yy_n_chars = yy_current_buffer->yy_n_chars; + yy_current_buffer->yy_input_file = yyin; + yy_current_buffer->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NORMAL; + } + + /* Note that here we test for yy_c_buf_p "<=" to the position + * of the first EOB in the buffer, since yy_c_buf_p will + * already have been incremented past the NUL character + * (since all states make transitions on EOB to the + * end-of-buffer state). Contrast this with the test + * in input(). + */ + if ( yy_c_buf_p <= &yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[yy_n_chars] ) + { /* This was really a NUL. */ + yy_state_type yy_next_state; + + yy_c_buf_p = yytext_ptr + yy_amount_of_matched_text; + + yy_current_state = yy_get_previous_state(); + + /* Okay, we're now positioned to make the NUL + * transition. We couldn't have + * yy_get_previous_state() go ahead and do it + * for us because it doesn't know how to deal + * with the possibility of jamming (and we don't + * want to build jamming into it because then it + * will run more slowly). + */ + + yy_next_state = yy_try_NUL_trans( yy_current_state ); + + yy_bp = yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; + + if ( yy_next_state ) + { + /* Consume the NUL. */ + yy_cp = ++yy_c_buf_p; + yy_current_state = yy_next_state; + goto yy_match; + } + + else + { + yy_cp = yy_last_accepting_cpos; + yy_current_state = yy_last_accepting_state; + goto yy_find_action; + } + } + + else switch ( yy_get_next_buffer() ) + { + case EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE: + { + yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof = 0; + + if ( yywrap() ) + { + /* Note: because we've taken care in + * yy_get_next_buffer() to have set up + * yytext, we can now set up + * yy_c_buf_p so that if some total + * hoser (like flex itself) wants to + * call the scanner after we return the + * YY_NULL, it'll still work - another + * YY_NULL will get returned. + */ + yy_c_buf_p = yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; + + yy_act = YY_STATE_EOF(YY_START); + goto do_action; + } + + else + { + if ( ! yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof ) + YY_NEW_FILE; + } + break; + } + + case EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN: + yy_c_buf_p = + yytext_ptr + yy_amount_of_matched_text; + + yy_current_state = yy_get_previous_state(); + + yy_cp = yy_c_buf_p; + yy_bp = yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; + goto yy_match; + + case EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH: + yy_c_buf_p = + &yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[yy_n_chars]; + + yy_current_state = yy_get_previous_state(); + + yy_cp = yy_c_buf_p; + yy_bp = yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; + goto yy_find_action; + } + break; + } + + default: + YY_FATAL_ERROR( + "fatal flex scanner internal error--no action found" ); + } /* end of action switch */ + } /* end of scanning one token */ + } /* end of yylex */ + + +/* yy_get_next_buffer - try to read in a new buffer + * + * Returns a code representing an action: + * EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH - + * EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN - continue scanning from current position + * EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE - end of file + */ + +static int yy_get_next_buffer() + { + register char *dest = yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf; + register char *source = yytext_ptr; + register int number_to_move, i; + int ret_val; + + if ( yy_c_buf_p > &yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[yy_n_chars + 1] ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( + "fatal flex scanner internal error--end of buffer missed" ); + + if ( yy_current_buffer->yy_fill_buffer == 0 ) + { /* Don't try to fill the buffer, so this is an EOF. */ + if ( yy_c_buf_p - yytext_ptr - YY_MORE_ADJ == 1 ) + { + /* We matched a single character, the EOB, so + * treat this as a final EOF. + */ + return EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE; + } + + else + { + /* We matched some text prior to the EOB, first + * process it. + */ + return EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH; + } + } + + /* Try to read more data. */ + + /* First move last chars to start of buffer. */ + number_to_move = (int) (yy_c_buf_p - yytext_ptr) - 1; + + for ( i = 0; i < number_to_move; ++i ) + *(dest++) = *(source++); + + if ( yy_current_buffer->yy_buffer_status == YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING ) + /* don't do the read, it's not guaranteed to return an EOF, + * just force an EOF + */ + yy_current_buffer->yy_n_chars = yy_n_chars = 0; + + else + { + int num_to_read = + yy_current_buffer->yy_buf_size - number_to_move - 1; + + while ( num_to_read <= 0 ) + { /* Not enough room in the buffer - grow it. */ +#ifdef YY_USES_REJECT + YY_FATAL_ERROR( +"input buffer overflow, can't enlarge buffer because scanner uses REJECT" ); +#else + + /* just a shorter name for the current buffer */ + YY_BUFFER_STATE b = yy_current_buffer; + + int yy_c_buf_p_offset = + (int) (yy_c_buf_p - b->yy_ch_buf); + + if ( b->yy_is_our_buffer ) + { + int new_size = b->yy_buf_size * 2; + + if ( new_size <= 0 ) + b->yy_buf_size += b->yy_buf_size / 8; + else + b->yy_buf_size *= 2; + + b->yy_ch_buf = (char *) + /* Include room in for 2 EOB chars. */ + yy_flex_realloc( (void *) b->yy_ch_buf, + b->yy_buf_size + 2 ); + } + else + /* Can't grow it, we don't own it. */ + b->yy_ch_buf = 0; + + if ( ! b->yy_ch_buf ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( + "fatal error - scanner input buffer overflow" ); + + yy_c_buf_p = &b->yy_ch_buf[yy_c_buf_p_offset]; + + num_to_read = yy_current_buffer->yy_buf_size - + number_to_move - 1; +#endif + } + + if ( num_to_read > YY_READ_BUF_SIZE ) + num_to_read = YY_READ_BUF_SIZE; + + /* Read in more data. */ + YY_INPUT( (&yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[number_to_move]), + yy_n_chars, num_to_read ); + + yy_current_buffer->yy_n_chars = yy_n_chars; + } + + if ( yy_n_chars == 0 ) + { + if ( number_to_move == YY_MORE_ADJ ) + { + ret_val = EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE; + yyrestart( yyin ); + } + + else + { + ret_val = EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH; + yy_current_buffer->yy_buffer_status = + YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING; + } + } + + else + ret_val = EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN; + + yy_n_chars += number_to_move; + yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[yy_n_chars] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[yy_n_chars + 1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + + yytext_ptr = &yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[0]; + + return ret_val; + } + + +/* yy_get_previous_state - get the state just before the EOB char was reached */ + +static yy_state_type yy_get_previous_state() + { + register yy_state_type yy_current_state; + register char *yy_cp; + + yy_current_state = yy_start; + + for ( yy_cp = yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; yy_cp < yy_c_buf_p; ++yy_cp ) + { + register YY_CHAR yy_c = (*yy_cp ? yy_ec[YY_SC_TO_UI(*yy_cp)] : 1); + if ( yy_accept[yy_current_state] ) + { + yy_last_accepting_state = yy_current_state; + yy_last_accepting_cpos = yy_cp; + } + while ( yy_chk[yy_base[yy_current_state] + yy_c] != yy_current_state ) + { + yy_current_state = (int) yy_def[yy_current_state]; + if ( yy_current_state >= 28 ) + yy_c = yy_meta[(unsigned int) yy_c]; + } + yy_current_state = yy_nxt[yy_base[yy_current_state] + (unsigned int) yy_c]; + } + + return yy_current_state; + } + + +/* yy_try_NUL_trans - try to make a transition on the NUL character + * + * synopsis + * next_state = yy_try_NUL_trans( current_state ); + */ + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static yy_state_type yy_try_NUL_trans( yy_state_type yy_current_state ) +#else +static yy_state_type yy_try_NUL_trans( yy_current_state ) +yy_state_type yy_current_state; +#endif + { + register int yy_is_jam; + register char *yy_cp = yy_c_buf_p; + + register YY_CHAR yy_c = 1; + if ( yy_accept[yy_current_state] ) + { + yy_last_accepting_state = yy_current_state; + yy_last_accepting_cpos = yy_cp; + } + while ( yy_chk[yy_base[yy_current_state] + yy_c] != yy_current_state ) + { + yy_current_state = (int) yy_def[yy_current_state]; + if ( yy_current_state >= 28 ) + yy_c = yy_meta[(unsigned int) yy_c]; + } + yy_current_state = yy_nxt[yy_base[yy_current_state] + (unsigned int) yy_c]; + yy_is_jam = (yy_current_state == 27); + + return yy_is_jam ? 0 : yy_current_state; + } + + +#ifndef YY_NO_UNPUT +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void yyunput( int c, register char *yy_bp ) +#else +static void yyunput( c, yy_bp ) +int c; +register char *yy_bp; +#endif + { + register char *yy_cp = yy_c_buf_p; + + /* undo effects of setting up yytext */ + *yy_cp = yy_hold_char; + + if ( yy_cp < yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf + 2 ) + { /* need to shift things up to make room */ + /* +2 for EOB chars. */ + register int number_to_move = yy_n_chars + 2; + register char *dest = &yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[ + yy_current_buffer->yy_buf_size + 2]; + register char *source = + &yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[number_to_move]; + + while ( source > yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf ) + *--dest = *--source; + + yy_cp += (int) (dest - source); + yy_bp += (int) (dest - source); + yy_current_buffer->yy_n_chars = + yy_n_chars = yy_current_buffer->yy_buf_size; + + if ( yy_cp < yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf + 2 ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "flex scanner push-back overflow" ); + } + + *--yy_cp = (char) c; + + + yytext_ptr = yy_bp; + yy_hold_char = *yy_cp; + yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp; + } +#endif /* ifndef YY_NO_UNPUT */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +static int yyinput() +#else +static int input() +#endif + { + int c; + + *yy_c_buf_p = yy_hold_char; + + if ( *yy_c_buf_p == YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR ) + { + /* yy_c_buf_p now points to the character we want to return. + * If this occurs *before* the EOB characters, then it's a + * valid NUL; if not, then we've hit the end of the buffer. + */ + if ( yy_c_buf_p < &yy_current_buffer->yy_ch_buf[yy_n_chars] ) + /* This was really a NUL. */ + *yy_c_buf_p = '\0'; + + else + { /* need more input */ + int offset = yy_c_buf_p - yytext_ptr; + ++yy_c_buf_p; + + switch ( yy_get_next_buffer() ) + { + case EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH: + /* This happens because yy_g_n_b() + * sees that we've accumulated a + * token and flags that we need to + * try matching the token before + * proceeding. But for input(), + * there's no matching to consider. + * So convert the EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH + * to EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE. + */ + + /* Reset buffer status. */ + yyrestart( yyin ); + + /* fall through */ + + case EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE: + { + if ( yywrap() ) + return EOF; + + if ( ! yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof ) + YY_NEW_FILE; +#ifdef __cplusplus + return yyinput(); +#else + return input(); +#endif + } + + case EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN: + yy_c_buf_p = yytext_ptr + offset; + break; + } + } + } + + c = *(unsigned char *) yy_c_buf_p; /* cast for 8-bit char's */ + *yy_c_buf_p = '\0'; /* preserve yytext */ + yy_hold_char = *++yy_c_buf_p; + + + return c; + } + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +void yyrestart( FILE *input_file ) +#else +void yyrestart( input_file ) +FILE *input_file; +#endif + { + if ( ! yy_current_buffer ) + yy_current_buffer = yy_create_buffer( yyin, YY_BUF_SIZE ); + + yy_init_buffer( yy_current_buffer, input_file ); + yy_load_buffer_state(); + } + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +void yy_switch_to_buffer( YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer ) +#else +void yy_switch_to_buffer( new_buffer ) +YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer; +#endif + { + if ( yy_current_buffer == new_buffer ) + return; + + if ( yy_current_buffer ) + { + /* Flush out information for old buffer. */ + *yy_c_buf_p = yy_hold_char; + yy_current_buffer->yy_buf_pos = yy_c_buf_p; + yy_current_buffer->yy_n_chars = yy_n_chars; + } + + yy_current_buffer = new_buffer; + yy_load_buffer_state(); + + /* We don't actually know whether we did this switch during + * EOF (yywrap()) processing, but the only time this flag + * is looked at is after yywrap() is called, so it's safe + * to go ahead and always set it. + */ + yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof = 1; + } + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +void yy_load_buffer_state( void ) +#else +void yy_load_buffer_state() +#endif + { + yy_n_chars = yy_current_buffer->yy_n_chars; + yytext_ptr = yy_c_buf_p = yy_current_buffer->yy_buf_pos; + yyin = yy_current_buffer->yy_input_file; + yy_hold_char = *yy_c_buf_p; + } + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_create_buffer( FILE *file, int size ) +#else +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_create_buffer( file, size ) +FILE *file; +int size; +#endif + { + YY_BUFFER_STATE b; + + b = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) yy_flex_alloc( sizeof( struct yy_buffer_state ) ); + if ( ! b ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_create_buffer()" ); + + b->yy_buf_size = size; + + /* yy_ch_buf has to be 2 characters longer than the size given because + * we need to put in 2 end-of-buffer characters. + */ + b->yy_ch_buf = (char *) yy_flex_alloc( b->yy_buf_size + 2 ); + if ( ! b->yy_ch_buf ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_create_buffer()" ); + + b->yy_is_our_buffer = 1; + + yy_init_buffer( b, file ); + + return b; + } + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +void yy_delete_buffer( YY_BUFFER_STATE b ) +#else +void yy_delete_buffer( b ) +YY_BUFFER_STATE b; +#endif + { + if ( ! b ) + return; + + if ( b == yy_current_buffer ) + yy_current_buffer = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) 0; + + if ( b->yy_is_our_buffer ) + yy_flex_free( (void *) b->yy_ch_buf ); + + yy_flex_free( (void *) b ); + } + + +#ifndef YY_ALWAYS_INTERACTIVE +#ifndef YY_NEVER_INTERACTIVE +extern int isatty YY_PROTO(( int )); +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +void yy_init_buffer( YY_BUFFER_STATE b, FILE *file ) +#else +void yy_init_buffer( b, file ) +YY_BUFFER_STATE b; +FILE *file; +#endif + + + { + yy_flush_buffer( b ); + + b->yy_input_file = file; + b->yy_fill_buffer = 1; + +#if YY_ALWAYS_INTERACTIVE + b->yy_is_interactive = 1; +#else +#if YY_NEVER_INTERACTIVE + b->yy_is_interactive = 0; +#else + b->yy_is_interactive = file ? (isatty( fileno(file) ) > 0) : 0; +#endif +#endif + } + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +void yy_flush_buffer( YY_BUFFER_STATE b ) +#else +void yy_flush_buffer( b ) +YY_BUFFER_STATE b; +#endif + + { + if ( ! b ) + return; + + b->yy_n_chars = 0; + + /* We always need two end-of-buffer characters. The first causes + * a transition to the end-of-buffer state. The second causes + * a jam in that state. + */ + b->yy_ch_buf[0] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + b->yy_ch_buf[1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + + b->yy_buf_pos = &b->yy_ch_buf[0]; + + b->yy_at_bol = 1; + b->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NEW; + + if ( b == yy_current_buffer ) + yy_load_buffer_state(); + } + + +#ifndef YY_NO_SCAN_BUFFER +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_buffer( char *base, yy_size_t size ) +#else +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_buffer( base, size ) +char *base; +yy_size_t size; +#endif + { + YY_BUFFER_STATE b; + + if ( size < 2 || + base[size-2] != YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR || + base[size-1] != YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR ) + /* They forgot to leave room for the EOB's. */ + return 0; + + b = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) yy_flex_alloc( sizeof( struct yy_buffer_state ) ); + if ( ! b ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_scan_buffer()" ); + + b->yy_buf_size = size - 2; /* "- 2" to take care of EOB's */ + b->yy_buf_pos = b->yy_ch_buf = base; + b->yy_is_our_buffer = 0; + b->yy_input_file = 0; + b->yy_n_chars = b->yy_buf_size; + b->yy_is_interactive = 0; + b->yy_at_bol = 1; + b->yy_fill_buffer = 0; + b->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NEW; + + yy_switch_to_buffer( b ); + + return b; + } +#endif + + +#ifndef YY_NO_SCAN_STRING +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_string( yyconst char *yy_str ) +#else +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_string( yy_str ) +yyconst char *yy_str; +#endif + { + int len; + for ( len = 0; yy_str[len]; ++len ) + ; + + return yy_scan_bytes( yy_str, len ); + } +#endif + + +#ifndef YY_NO_SCAN_BYTES +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_bytes( yyconst char *bytes, int len ) +#else +YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_bytes( bytes, len ) +yyconst char *bytes; +int len; +#endif + { + YY_BUFFER_STATE b; + char *buf; + yy_size_t n; + int i; + + /* Get memory for full buffer, including space for trailing EOB's. */ + n = len + 2; + buf = (char *) yy_flex_alloc( n ); + if ( ! buf ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_scan_bytes()" ); + + for ( i = 0; i < len; ++i ) + buf[i] = bytes[i]; + + buf[len] = buf[len+1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR; + + b = yy_scan_buffer( buf, n ); + if ( ! b ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "bad buffer in yy_scan_bytes()" ); + + /* It's okay to grow etc. this buffer, and we should throw it + * away when we're done. + */ + b->yy_is_our_buffer = 1; + + return b; + } +#endif + + +#ifndef YY_NO_PUSH_STATE +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void yy_push_state( int new_state ) +#else +static void yy_push_state( new_state ) +int new_state; +#endif + { + if ( yy_start_stack_ptr >= yy_start_stack_depth ) + { + yy_size_t new_size; + + yy_start_stack_depth += YY_START_STACK_INCR; + new_size = yy_start_stack_depth * sizeof( int ); + + if ( ! yy_start_stack ) + yy_start_stack = (int *) yy_flex_alloc( new_size ); + + else + yy_start_stack = (int *) yy_flex_realloc( + (void *) yy_start_stack, new_size ); + + if ( ! yy_start_stack ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( + "out of memory expanding start-condition stack" ); + } + + yy_start_stack[yy_start_stack_ptr++] = YY_START; + + BEGIN(new_state); + } +#endif + + +#ifndef YY_NO_POP_STATE +static void yy_pop_state() + { + if ( --yy_start_stack_ptr < 0 ) + YY_FATAL_ERROR( "start-condition stack underflow" ); + + BEGIN(yy_start_stack[yy_start_stack_ptr]); + } +#endif + + +#ifndef YY_NO_TOP_STATE +static int yy_top_state() + { + return yy_start_stack[yy_start_stack_ptr - 1]; + } +#endif + +#ifndef YY_EXIT_FAILURE +#define YY_EXIT_FAILURE 2 +#endif + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void yy_fatal_error( yyconst char msg[] ) +#else +static void yy_fatal_error( msg ) +char msg[]; +#endif + { + (void) fprintf( stderr, "%s\n", msg ); + exit( YY_EXIT_FAILURE ); + } + + + +/* Redefine yyless() so it works in section 3 code. */ + +#undef yyless +#define yyless(n) \ + do \ + { \ + /* Undo effects of setting up yytext. */ \ + yytext[yyleng] = yy_hold_char; \ + yy_c_buf_p = yytext + n; \ + yy_hold_char = *yy_c_buf_p; \ + *yy_c_buf_p = '\0'; \ + yyleng = n; \ + } \ + while ( 0 ) + + +/* Internal utility routines. */ + +#ifndef yytext_ptr +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void yy_flex_strncpy( char *s1, yyconst char *s2, int n ) +#else +static void yy_flex_strncpy( s1, s2, n ) +char *s1; +yyconst char *s2; +int n; +#endif + { + register int i; + for ( i = 0; i < n; ++i ) + s1[i] = s2[i]; + } +#endif + +#ifdef YY_NEED_STRLEN +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static int yy_flex_strlen( yyconst char *s ) +#else +static int yy_flex_strlen( s ) +yyconst char *s; +#endif + { + register int n; + for ( n = 0; s[n]; ++n ) + ; + + return n; + } +#endif + + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void *yy_flex_alloc( yy_size_t size ) +#else +static void *yy_flex_alloc( size ) +yy_size_t size; +#endif + { + return (void *) malloc( size ); + } + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void *yy_flex_realloc( void *ptr, yy_size_t size ) +#else +static void *yy_flex_realloc( ptr, size ) +void *ptr; +yy_size_t size; +#endif + { + /* The cast to (char *) in the following accommodates both + * implementations that use char* generic pointers, and those + * that use void* generic pointers. It works with the latter + * because both ANSI C and C++ allow castless assignment from + * any pointer type to void*, and deal with argument conversions + * as though doing an assignment. + */ + return (void *) realloc( (char *) ptr, size ); + } + +#ifdef YY_USE_PROTOS +static void yy_flex_free( void *ptr ) +#else +static void yy_flex_free( ptr ) +void *ptr; +#endif + { + free( ptr ); + } + +#if YY_MAIN +int main() + { + yylex(); + return 0; + } +#endif +#line 73 "stringsfile.l" + + diff --git a/Source/proplist.tab.h b/Source/proplist.tab.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea74556d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Source/proplist.tab.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#define NSSTRING 257 +#define NSDATA 258 +#define ERROR 259 +typedef union { + id obj; +} YYSTYPE; +extern YYSTYPE pllval; diff --git a/Source/proplist.tab.m b/Source/proplist.tab.m new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f929aaa8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Source/proplist.tab.m @@ -0,0 +1,471 @@ +#ifndef lint +static char yysccsid[] = "@(#)yaccpar 1.9 (Berkeley) 02/21/93"; +#endif +#define YYBYACC 1 +#define YYMAJOR 1 +#define YYMINOR 9 +#define yyclearin (yychar=(-1)) +#define yyerrok (yyerrflag=0) +#define YYRECOVERING (yyerrflag!=0) +#define yyparse plparse +#define yylex pllex +#define yyerror plerror +#define yychar plchar +#define yyval plval +#define yylval pllval +#define yydebug pldebug +#define yynerrs plnerrs +#define yyerrflag plerrflag +#define yyss plss +#define yyssp plssp +#define yyvs plvs +#define yyvsp plvsp +#define yylhs pllhs +#define yylen pllen +#define yydefred pldefred +#define yydgoto pldgoto +#define yysindex plsindex +#define yyrindex plrindex +#define yygindex plgindex +#define yytable pltable +#define yycheck plcheck +#define yyname plname +#define yyrule plrule +#define YYPREFIX "pl" +#line 5 "proplist.y" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#line 16 "proplist.y" +typedef union { + id obj; +} YYSTYPE; +#line 47 "y.tab.c" +#define NSSTRING 257 +#define NSDATA 258 +#define ERROR 259 +#define YYERRCODE 256 +short pllhs[] = { -1, + 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, + 3, 4, 4, 4, 5, 5, 6, +}; +short pllen[] = { 2, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 3, 2, 3, + 1, 3, 4, 2, 3, 1, 3, +}; +short pldefred[] = { 0, + 2, 4, 5, 3, 0, 0, 0, 1, 6, 7, + 9, 11, 0, 0, 14, 0, 16, 8, 0, 0, + 12, 0, 10, 17, 13, 15, +}; +short pldgoto[] = { 7, + 8, 9, 13, 10, 16, 17, +}; +short plsindex[] = { -40, + 0, 0, 0, 0, -37, -124, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, -33, -52, 0, -53, 0, 0, -35, -35, + 0, -123, 0, 0, 0, 0, +}; +short plrindex[] = { 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, +}; +short plgindex[] = { 0, + 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, -12, +}; +#define YYTABLESIZE 223 +short pltable[] = { 5, + 15, 25, 5, 11, 5, 22, 12, 18, 20, 26, + 19, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 23, 24, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 21, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 6, 0, 0, 6, 0, 6, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 14, 14, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 2, + 3, 2, 3, +}; +short plcheck[] = { 40, + 125, 125, 40, 41, 40, 59, 5, 41, 61, 22, + 44, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + 19, 20, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, 125, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, 123, -1, -1, 123, -1, 123, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, 257, 257, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 256, 257, 258, 259, 257, + 258, 257, 258, +}; +#define YYFINAL 7 +#ifndef YYDEBUG +#define YYDEBUG 0 +#endif +#define YYMAXTOKEN 259 +#if YYDEBUG +char *plname[] = { +"end-of-file",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, +0,0,0,0,0,0,"'('","')'",0,0,"','",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,"';'",0,"'='",0,0, +0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, +0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,"'{'",0,"'}'",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, +0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, +0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, +0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, +"NSSTRING","NSDATA","ERROR", +}; +char *plrule[] = { +"$accept : root", +"root : object", +"root : error", +"root : ERROR", +"object : NSSTRING", +"object : NSDATA", +"object : array", +"object : dictionary", +"array : '(' objlist ')'", +"array : '(' ')'", +"objlist : objlist ',' object", +"objlist : object", +"dictionary : '{' keyval_list '}'", +"dictionary : '{' keyval_list ';' '}'", +"dictionary : '{' '}'", +"keyval_list : keyval_list ';' keyval_pair", +"keyval_list : keyval_pair", +"keyval_pair : NSSTRING '=' object", +}; +#endif +#ifdef YYSTACKSIZE +#undef YYMAXDEPTH +#define YYMAXDEPTH YYSTACKSIZE +#else +#ifdef YYMAXDEPTH +#define YYSTACKSIZE YYMAXDEPTH +#else +#define YYSTACKSIZE 500 +#define YYMAXDEPTH 500 +#endif +#endif +int yydebug; +int yynerrs; +int yyerrflag; +int yychar; +short *yyssp; +YYSTYPE *yyvsp; +YYSTYPE yyval; +YYSTYPE yylval; +short yyss[YYSTACKSIZE]; +YYSTYPE yyvs[YYSTACKSIZE]; +#define yystacksize YYSTACKSIZE +#line 91 "proplist.y" + + /* C code section */ +int plerror(char *s) +{ + return 0; +} +#line 198 "y.tab.c" +#define YYABORT goto yyabort +#define YYREJECT goto yyabort +#define YYACCEPT goto yyaccept +#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab +int +yyparse() +{ + register int yym, yyn, yystate; +#if YYDEBUG + register char *yys; + extern char *getenv(); + + if (yys = getenv("YYDEBUG")) + { + yyn = *yys; + if (yyn >= '0' && yyn <= '9') + yydebug = yyn - '0'; + } +#endif + + yynerrs = 0; + yyerrflag = 0; + yychar = (-1); + + yyssp = yyss; + yyvsp = yyvs; + *yyssp = yystate = 0; + +yyloop: + if (yyn = yydefred[yystate]) goto yyreduce; + if (yychar < 0) + { + if ((yychar = yylex()) < 0) yychar = 0; +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + { + yys = 0; + if (yychar <= YYMAXTOKEN) yys = yyname[yychar]; + if (!yys) yys = "illegal-symbol"; + printf("%sdebug: state %d, reading %d (%s)\n", + YYPREFIX, yystate, yychar, yys); + } +#endif + } + if ((yyn = yysindex[yystate]) && (yyn += yychar) >= 0 && + yyn <= YYTABLESIZE && yycheck[yyn] == yychar) + { +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + printf("%sdebug: state %d, shifting to state %d\n", + YYPREFIX, yystate, yytable[yyn]); +#endif + if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) + { + goto yyoverflow; + } + *++yyssp = yystate = yytable[yyn]; + *++yyvsp = yylval; + yychar = (-1); + if (yyerrflag > 0) --yyerrflag; + goto yyloop; + } + if ((yyn = yyrindex[yystate]) && (yyn += yychar) >= 0 && + yyn <= YYTABLESIZE && yycheck[yyn] == yychar) + { + yyn = yytable[yyn]; + goto yyreduce; + } + if (yyerrflag) goto yyinrecovery; +#ifdef lint + goto yynewerror; +#endif +yynewerror: + yyerror("syntax error"); +#ifdef lint + goto yyerrlab; +#endif +yyerrlab: + ++yynerrs; +yyinrecovery: + if (yyerrflag < 3) + { + yyerrflag = 3; + for (;;) + { + if ((yyn = yysindex[*yyssp]) && (yyn += YYERRCODE) >= 0 && + yyn <= YYTABLESIZE && yycheck[yyn] == YYERRCODE) + { +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + printf("%sdebug: state %d, error recovery shifting\ + to state %d\n", YYPREFIX, *yyssp, yytable[yyn]); +#endif + if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) + { + goto yyoverflow; + } + *++yyssp = yystate = yytable[yyn]; + *++yyvsp = yylval; + goto yyloop; + } + else + { +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + printf("%sdebug: error recovery discarding state %d\n", + YYPREFIX, *yyssp); +#endif + if (yyssp <= yyss) goto yyabort; + --yyssp; + --yyvsp; + } + } + } + else + { + if (yychar == 0) goto yyabort; +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + { + yys = 0; + if (yychar <= YYMAXTOKEN) yys = yyname[yychar]; + if (!yys) yys = "illegal-symbol"; + printf("%sdebug: state %d, error recovery discards token %d (%s)\n", + YYPREFIX, yystate, yychar, yys); + } +#endif + yychar = (-1); + goto yyloop; + } +yyreduce: +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + printf("%sdebug: state %d, reducing by rule %d (%s)\n", + YYPREFIX, yystate, yyn, yyrule[yyn]); +#endif + yym = yylen[yyn]; + yyval = yyvsp[1-yym]; + switch (yyn) + { +case 1: +#line 25 "proplist.y" +{ + /* want an object, followed by nothing else (<>) */ + return (int)yyvsp[0].obj; + } +break; +case 2: +#line 30 "proplist.y" +{ + return (int)nil; + } +break; +case 3: +#line 34 "proplist.y" +{ + return (int)nil; + } +break; +case 8: +#line 46 "proplist.y" +{yyval.obj = yyvsp[-1].obj;} +break; +case 9: +#line 48 "proplist.y" +{yyval.obj = [NSArray array];} +break; +case 10: +#line 52 "proplist.y" +{ + yyval.obj = yyvsp[-2].obj; + [yyval.obj addObject:yyvsp[0].obj]; + } +break; +case 11: +#line 57 "proplist.y" +{ + yyval.obj = [[[NSMutableArray alloc] +initWithCapacity:1] autorelease]; + [yyval.obj addObject:yyvsp[0].obj]; + } +break; +case 12: +#line 65 "proplist.y" +{yyval.obj = yyvsp[-1].obj;} +break; +case 13: +#line 67 "proplist.y" +{yyval.obj = yyvsp[-2].obj;} +break; +case 14: +#line 69 "proplist.y" +{yyval.obj = [NSDictionary dictionary];} +break; +case 15: +#line 72 "proplist.y" +{ + yyval.obj = yyvsp[-2].obj; + [yyval.obj addEntriesFromDictionary:yyvsp[0].obj]; + [yyvsp[0].obj release]; + } +break; +case 16: +#line 78 "proplist.y" +{ + yyval.obj = yyvsp[0].obj; + [yyval.obj autorelease]; + } +break; +case 17: +#line 84 "proplist.y" +{ + yyval.obj = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] +initWithCapacity:1]; + [yyval.obj setObject:yyvsp[0].obj forKey:yyvsp[-2].obj]; + } +break; +#line 416 "y.tab.c" + } + yyssp -= yym; + yystate = *yyssp; + yyvsp -= yym; + yym = yylhs[yyn]; + if (yystate == 0 && yym == 0) + { +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + printf("%sdebug: after reduction, shifting from state 0 to\ + state %d\n", YYPREFIX, YYFINAL); +#endif + yystate = YYFINAL; + *++yyssp = YYFINAL; + *++yyvsp = yyval; + if (yychar < 0) + { + if ((yychar = yylex()) < 0) yychar = 0; +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + { + yys = 0; + if (yychar <= YYMAXTOKEN) yys = yyname[yychar]; + if (!yys) yys = "illegal-symbol"; + printf("%sdebug: state %d, reading %d (%s)\n", + YYPREFIX, YYFINAL, yychar, yys); + } +#endif + } + if (yychar == 0) goto yyaccept; + goto yyloop; + } + if ((yyn = yygindex[yym]) && (yyn += yystate) >= 0 && + yyn <= YYTABLESIZE && yycheck[yyn] == yystate) + yystate = yytable[yyn]; + else + yystate = yydgoto[yym]; +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + printf("%sdebug: after reduction, shifting from state %d \ +to state %d\n", YYPREFIX, *yyssp, yystate); +#endif + if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) + { + goto yyoverflow; + } + *++yyssp = yystate; + *++yyvsp = yyval; + goto yyloop; +yyoverflow: + yyerror("yacc stack overflow"); +yyabort: + return (1); +yyaccept: + return (0); +} diff --git a/Source/stringsfile.tab.h b/Source/stringsfile.tab.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de1a85bd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Source/stringsfile.tab.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#define QUOTED 257 +#define LABEL 258 +#define SEMICOLEN 259 +#define EQUALS 260 +#define ERROR 261 +typedef union { + id obj; +} YYSTYPE; +extern YYSTYPE sflval; diff --git a/Source/stringsfile.tab.m b/Source/stringsfile.tab.m new file mode 100644 index 000000000..416df01f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Source/stringsfile.tab.m @@ -0,0 +1,388 @@ +#ifndef lint +static char yysccsid[] = "@(#)yaccpar 1.9 (Berkeley) 02/21/93"; +#endif +#define YYBYACC 1 +#define YYMAJOR 1 +#define YYMINOR 9 +#define yyclearin (yychar=(-1)) +#define yyerrok (yyerrflag=0) +#define YYRECOVERING (yyerrflag!=0) +#define yyparse sfparse +#define yylex sflex +#define yyerror sferror +#define yychar sfchar +#define yyval sfval +#define yylval sflval +#define yydebug sfdebug +#define yynerrs sfnerrs +#define yyerrflag sferrflag +#define yyss sfss +#define yyssp sfssp +#define yyvs sfvs +#define yyvsp sfvsp +#define yylhs sflhs +#define yylen sflen +#define yydefred sfdefred +#define yydgoto sfdgoto +#define yysindex sfsindex +#define yyrindex sfrindex +#define yygindex sfgindex +#define yytable sftable +#define yycheck sfcheck +#define yyname sfname +#define yyrule sfrule +#define YYPREFIX "sf" +#line 3 "stringsfile.y" +#include +#include +#include +static NSMutableDictionary *properties; + +#line 14 "stringsfile.y" +typedef union { + id obj; +} YYSTYPE; +#line 46 "y.tab.c" +#define QUOTED 257 +#define LABEL 258 +#define SEMICOLEN 259 +#define EQUALS 260 +#define ERROR 261 +#define YYERRCODE 256 +short sflhs[] = { -1, + 0, 0, 0, 2, 2, 3, 3, 1, 1, +}; +short sflen[] = { 2, + 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 4, 2, 1, 1, +}; +short sfdefred[] = { 0, + 2, 9, 8, 3, 0, 0, 0, 4, 7, 0, + 5, 0, 6, +}; +short sfdgoto[] = { 5, + 6, 7, 8, +}; +short sfsindex[] = { -256, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -253, -254, 0, 0, -254, + 0, -251, 0, +}; +short sfrindex[] = { 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 9, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, +}; +short sfgindex[] = { 0, + 1, 0, 3, +}; +#define YYTABLESIZE 11 +short sftable[] = { 1, + 2, 3, 2, 3, 4, 9, 10, 13, 1, 11, + 12, +}; +short sfcheck[] = { 256, + 257, 258, 257, 258, 261, 259, 260, 259, 0, 7, + 10, +}; +#define YYFINAL 5 +#ifndef YYDEBUG +#define YYDEBUG 0 +#endif +#define YYMAXTOKEN 261 +#if YYDEBUG +char *sfname[] = { +"end-of-file",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, +0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, +0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, +0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, +0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, +0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, +0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,"QUOTED","LABEL","SEMICOLEN", +"EQUALS","ERROR", +}; +char *sfrule[] = { +"$accept : file", +"file : asignments", +"file : error", +"file : ERROR", +"asignments : asignment", +"asignments : asignments asignment", +"asignment : value EQUALS value SEMICOLEN", +"asignment : value SEMICOLEN", +"value : LABEL", +"value : QUOTED", +}; +#endif +#ifdef YYSTACKSIZE +#undef YYMAXDEPTH +#define YYMAXDEPTH YYSTACKSIZE +#else +#ifdef YYMAXDEPTH +#define YYSTACKSIZE YYMAXDEPTH +#else +#define YYSTACKSIZE 500 +#define YYMAXDEPTH 500 +#endif +#endif +int yydebug; +int yynerrs; +int yyerrflag; +int yychar; +short *yyssp; +YYSTYPE *yyvsp; +YYSTYPE yyval; +YYSTYPE yylval; +short yyss[YYSTACKSIZE]; +YYSTYPE yyvs[YYSTACKSIZE]; +#define yystacksize YYSTACKSIZE +#line 60 "stringsfile.y" + +int sferror(char *s) +{ + return 0; +} + +void +sfSetDict(NSMutableDictionary *aDict) +{ + properties = aDict; +} + +#line 150 "y.tab.c" +#define YYABORT goto yyabort +#define YYREJECT goto yyabort +#define YYACCEPT goto yyaccept +#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab +int +yyparse() +{ + register int yym, yyn, yystate; +#if YYDEBUG + register char *yys; + extern char *getenv(); + + if (yys = getenv("YYDEBUG")) + { + yyn = *yys; + if (yyn >= '0' && yyn <= '9') + yydebug = yyn - '0'; + } +#endif + + yynerrs = 0; + yyerrflag = 0; + yychar = (-1); + + yyssp = yyss; + yyvsp = yyvs; + *yyssp = yystate = 0; + +yyloop: + if (yyn = yydefred[yystate]) goto yyreduce; + if (yychar < 0) + { + if ((yychar = yylex()) < 0) yychar = 0; +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + { + yys = 0; + if (yychar <= YYMAXTOKEN) yys = yyname[yychar]; + if (!yys) yys = "illegal-symbol"; + printf("%sdebug: state %d, reading %d (%s)\n", + YYPREFIX, yystate, yychar, yys); + } +#endif + } + if ((yyn = yysindex[yystate]) && (yyn += yychar) >= 0 && + yyn <= YYTABLESIZE && yycheck[yyn] == yychar) + { +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + printf("%sdebug: state %d, shifting to state %d\n", + YYPREFIX, yystate, yytable[yyn]); +#endif + if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) + { + goto yyoverflow; + } + *++yyssp = yystate = yytable[yyn]; + *++yyvsp = yylval; + yychar = (-1); + if (yyerrflag > 0) --yyerrflag; + goto yyloop; + } + if ((yyn = yyrindex[yystate]) && (yyn += yychar) >= 0 && + yyn <= YYTABLESIZE && yycheck[yyn] == yychar) + { + yyn = yytable[yyn]; + goto yyreduce; + } + if (yyerrflag) goto yyinrecovery; +#ifdef lint + goto yynewerror; +#endif +yynewerror: + yyerror("syntax error"); +#ifdef lint + goto yyerrlab; +#endif +yyerrlab: + ++yynerrs; +yyinrecovery: + if (yyerrflag < 3) + { + yyerrflag = 3; + for (;;) + { + if ((yyn = yysindex[*yyssp]) && (yyn += YYERRCODE) >= 0 && + yyn <= YYTABLESIZE && yycheck[yyn] == YYERRCODE) + { +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + printf("%sdebug: state %d, error recovery shifting\ + to state %d\n", YYPREFIX, *yyssp, yytable[yyn]); +#endif + if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) + { + goto yyoverflow; + } + *++yyssp = yystate = yytable[yyn]; + *++yyvsp = yylval; + goto yyloop; + } + else + { +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + printf("%sdebug: error recovery discarding state %d\n", + YYPREFIX, *yyssp); +#endif + if (yyssp <= yyss) goto yyabort; + --yyssp; + --yyvsp; + } + } + } + else + { + if (yychar == 0) goto yyabort; +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + { + yys = 0; + if (yychar <= YYMAXTOKEN) yys = yyname[yychar]; + if (!yys) yys = "illegal-symbol"; + printf("%sdebug: state %d, error recovery discards token %d (%s)\n", + YYPREFIX, yystate, yychar, yys); + } +#endif + yychar = (-1); + goto yyloop; + } +yyreduce: +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + printf("%sdebug: state %d, reducing by rule %d (%s)\n", + YYPREFIX, yystate, yyn, yyrule[yyn]); +#endif + yym = yylen[yyn]; + yyval = yyvsp[1-yym]; + switch (yyn) + { +case 1: +#line 23 "stringsfile.y" +{ + return 1; + } +break; +case 2: +#line 27 "stringsfile.y" +{ + return 0; + } +break; +case 3: +#line 31 "stringsfile.y" +{ + return 0; + } +break; +case 6: +#line 41 "stringsfile.y" +{ + [(NSMutableDictionary *)properties setObject: yyvsp[-1].obj forKey: (NSString *) yyvsp[-3].obj]; + } +break; +case 7: +#line 45 "stringsfile.y" +{ + [(NSMutableDictionary *)properties setObject: nil forKey: (NSString *) yyvsp[-1].obj]; + } +break; +case 8: +#line 51 "stringsfile.y" +{ + yyval.obj = yyvsp[0].obj; + } +break; +case 9: +#line 55 "stringsfile.y" +{ + yyval.obj = yyvsp[0].obj; + } +break; +#line 333 "y.tab.c" + } + yyssp -= yym; + yystate = *yyssp; + yyvsp -= yym; + yym = yylhs[yyn]; + if (yystate == 0 && yym == 0) + { +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + printf("%sdebug: after reduction, shifting from state 0 to\ + state %d\n", YYPREFIX, YYFINAL); +#endif + yystate = YYFINAL; + *++yyssp = YYFINAL; + *++yyvsp = yyval; + if (yychar < 0) + { + if ((yychar = yylex()) < 0) yychar = 0; +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + { + yys = 0; + if (yychar <= YYMAXTOKEN) yys = yyname[yychar]; + if (!yys) yys = "illegal-symbol"; + printf("%sdebug: state %d, reading %d (%s)\n", + YYPREFIX, YYFINAL, yychar, yys); + } +#endif + } + if (yychar == 0) goto yyaccept; + goto yyloop; + } + if ((yyn = yygindex[yym]) && (yyn += yystate) >= 0 && + yyn <= YYTABLESIZE && yycheck[yyn] == yystate) + yystate = yytable[yyn]; + else + yystate = yydgoto[yym]; +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + printf("%sdebug: after reduction, shifting from state %d \ +to state %d\n", YYPREFIX, *yyssp, yystate); +#endif + if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) + { + goto yyoverflow; + } + *++yyssp = yystate; + *++yyvsp = yyval; + goto yyloop; +yyoverflow: + yyerror("yacc stack overflow"); +yyabort: + return (1); +yyaccept: + return (0); +}